45 0 13MB
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 1 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
Preface Open Source Software Contents
Class A Power Quality Instrument and Power Monitoring Device SICAM Q100 7KG95xx V2.10 Device Manual
User Information Overview Device Design Measured Quantities and Recording Energy Management Security Getting Started Connection Principle Operation at Use of a PC Operation at Use of the Display Time Synchronization Maintenance, Storage, Transport Failures and LED Indications Technical Data Operational Indications Operating Parameters Glossary Appendix Index
E50417-H1040-C522-A6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 2 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
NOTE For your own safety, observe the warnings and safety instructions contained in this document, if available.
Disclaimer of Liability
Copyright
This document has been subjected to rigorous technical review before being published. It is revised at regular intervals, and any modifications and amendments are included in the subsequent issues. The content of this document has been compiled for information purposes only. Although Siemens AG has made best efforts to keep the document as precise and up-to-date as possible, Siemens AG shall not assume any liability for defects and damage which result through use of the information contained herein.
Copyright Siemens AG 2019. All rights reserved. The disclosure, duplication, distribution and editing of this document, or utilization and communication of the content are not permitted, unless authorized in writing. All rights, including rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility model or a design, are reserved. Registered Trademarks
This content does not form part of a contract or of business relations; nor does it change these. All obligations of Siemens AG are stated in the relevant contractual agreements. Siemens AG reserves the right to revise this document from time to time. Document version: E50417-H1040-C522-A6.05 Edition 06.2019 Version of the product described: V2.10
SIPROTECTM and SICAMTM are registered trademarks of SIEMENS AG. An unauthorized use is illegal. All other designations in this document can be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes can infringe the rights of the owner.
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 3 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
Preface Purpose of this Manual This manual describes the application, functions, installation, commissioning, and operation of the Class A Power Quality Instrument and Power Monitoring Device SICAM Q100 7KG95xx. Target Group This manual is intended for project engineers, commissioning and operating personnel in electrical systems and power plants. Scope of Validity of this Manual This manual is valid for the Class A Power Quality Instrument and Power Monitoring Device SICAM Q100 7KG95xx. Further Support For any questions concerning your system, please contact your Siemens representative. The Siemens Customer Support Center provides around-the-clock support. Phone:
+49 (180) 524-7000
Fax:
+49 (180) 524-2471
Internet:
www.siemens.com/powerquality
e-mail:
[email protected]
Training Courses If you are interested in our current training program, please contact our training center: Siemens AG Siemens Power Academy TD Humboldtstr. 59 D-90459 Nuremberg Tel.:
+49 (911) 433-7415
Fax:
+49 (911) 433-7929
Internet:
https://www.siemens.com/poweracademy
e-mail:
[email protected]
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
3
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 4 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
Notes On Safety This manual is not a complete index of all safety measures required for operation of the equipment (module, device). However, it comprises important information that must be noted for purposes of personal safety, as well as in order to avoid material damage. Information is highlighted and illustrated as follows according to the degree of danger.
DANGER DANGER means that death or severe injury will occur if the appropriate safety measures are not taken. ✧
Follow all advice instructions to prevent death or severe injury.
WARNING WARNING means that death or severe injury can occur if the appropriate safety measures are not taken. ✧
Follow all advice instructions to prevent death or severe injury.
CAUTION CAUTION means that minor or moderate injury can occur if the appropriate safety measures are not taken. ✧
Follow all advice instructions to prevent minor injury.
NOTICE NOTICE means that damage to property can occur if the appropriate safety measures are not taken. ✧
Follow all advice instructions to prevent damage to property.
NOTE is important information about the product, the handling of the product, or the part of the documentation in question to which special attention must be paid.
4
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 5 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
Personnel Qualified in Electrical Engineering Only qualified electrical engineering personnel may commission and operate the equipment (module, device) described in this document. Qualified electrical engineering personnel in the sense of this manual are people who can demonstrate technical qualifications as electrical technicians. These persons may commission, isolate, ground, and label devices, systems and circuits according to the standards of safety engineering. Use as Prescribed The equipment (device, module) must not be used for any other purposes than those described in the Catalog and the Technical Description. If it is used together with third-party devices and components, these must be recommended or approved by Siemens. If the device is not used in accordance with the Product Information and this manual, the scheduled protection is impaired. Problem-free and safe operation of the product depends on the following: •
Proper transport
•
Proper storage, setup, and installation
•
Proper operation and maintenance
When electrical equipment is operated, hazardous voltages are inevitably present in certain parts. If proper action is not taken, death, severe injury, or property damage can result. •
The equipment must be grounded at the grounding terminal before any connections are made.
•
All circuit components connected to the power supply may be subject to dangerous voltage.
•
Hazardous voltages may be present in equipment even after the supply voltage has been disconnected (capacitors can still be charged).
•
Equipment with exposed current transformer circuits must not be operated. Prior to disconnecting the equipment, ensure that the current transformer circuits are short-circuited.
•
The limit values stated in the document may not be exceeded. This must also be considered during testing and commissioning.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
5
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 6 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
Used Symbols
No.
6
Symbol
Description
1
Direct current IEC 60417-5031
2
Alternating current IEC 60417-5032
3
Direct and alternating current IEC 60417-5033
4
Three-phase alternating current
5
Earth (ground) terminal IEC 60417-5017
6
Protective conductor terminal IEC 60417-5019
7
Caution, risk of electric shock
8
Caution, risk of danger ISO 7000-0434
9
Guideline 2002/96/EC for electrical and electronic devices
10
Guideline for the Eurasian Market
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 7 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
Statement of Conformity This product complies with the directive of the Council of the European Communities on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 2004/108/EC - valid until April 19th, 2016; EMC Council Directive 2014/30/EU valid as of April 19th, 2016) and concerning electrical equipment for use within specified voltage limits (Lowvoltage Directive 2006/95/EC - valid until April 19th, 2016; Lowvoltage Directive 2014/35/ EU - valid as of April 20th, 2016). This conformity has been established by means of tests conducted by Siemens AG according to the Council Directive in agreement with the generic standards EN 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 for the EMC directives, and with the standard EN 61010-1 for the low-voltage directive. The device has been designed and produced for industrial use. The product conforms to the standard IEC 62586-1, Ed. 1.
Further Standards This product is UL-certified to Standard UL 61010-1, third edition, based on the specification stated in Chapter 14 (Technical Data). UL File No.: E228586
Open-type Measuring Equipment 2UD1
For further information see UL database on the internet: https://ul.com. Choose Online Certifications Directory and insert E228586 under UL File Number.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
7
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 8 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
8
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 9 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
Open Source Software The product contains, among other things, Open Source Software developed by third parties. The Open Source Software used in the product and the license agreements concerning this software can be found in the Readme_OSS. These Open Source Software files are protected by copyright. Your compliance with those license conditions will entitle you to use the Open Source Software as foreseen in the relevant license. In the event of conflicts between Siemens license conditions and the Open Source Software license conditions, the Open Source Software conditions shall prevail with respect to the Open Source Software portions of the software. The Open Source Software is licensed royalty-free. Insofar as the applicable Open Source Software License Conditions provide for it, you can order the source code of the Open Source Software from your Siemens sales contact - against payment of the shipping and handling charges - for a period of at least 3 years since purchase of the Product. We are liable for the Product including the Open Source Software contained in it pursuant to the license conditions applicable to the Product. Any liability for the Open Source Software beyond the program flow intended for the Product is explicitly excluded. Furthermore any liability for defects resulting from modifications to the Open Source Software by you or third parties is excluded. We do not provide any technical support for the Product if it has been modified.
NOTE To read the Readme_OSS file, a PDF viewer must be installed on the computer.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
9
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 10 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 11 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
Contents Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Open Source Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1
User Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3
4
2.1
Device Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.2
Ordering Information, Scope of Delivery and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Device Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 3.1
Mechanical Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.2
Display and Softkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.3
Terminal Diagram of the Back Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Measured Quantities and Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 4.1 4.1.1
Measuring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
4.1.2
Flicker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
4.1.3
Transients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
4.1.4
Mains Signaling Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4.1.5
Rapid Voltage Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4.1.6
Harmonic Power and Harmonic Angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4.1.7
Recording of Measured Quantities and Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
4.2
Measured Quantities Depending on the Connection Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
4.2.2
Data Availability of Measured Quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.2.3
Recording and Evaluation of Measured Quantities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Display of Measured Quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
4.3.1
Measured Quantities and Operational Measurement Uncertainty acc. to IEC 62586-1 Product Standard, Class A, Standards IEC 61000-4-30, Ed. 3, IEC 61000-4-7, and IEC 61000-4-15 . . . . . . . . . 78
4.3.2
Measured Quantities and Operational Measurement Accuracy acc. to IEC 61557-12. . . . . . . . . . 80
4.3.3
Accuracy of the Frequency Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Energy Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 5.1
Load-Profile Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
5.1.1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
5.1.2
Methods of Load-Profile Determination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
5.1.3
Historical Load-Profile Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
5.1.4
Current Load-Profile Data at the Communication Interfaces and in the User Interface . . . . . . . . . 88
5.1.5
Synchronization of the Load Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
5.2 6
Measured Quantities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
4.2.1
4.3
5
Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Tariffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 6.1
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
11
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 12 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6.2 6.2.1
Function Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
6.2.2
Configuration via User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
6.3
Function Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
6.3.2
Security Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Function Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
6.4.2
Configuration via the User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
7.1
Unpacking, Inspecting the Delivery, Installing, and Changing the Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
7.2
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
7.2.1
General Assembly Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
7.2.2
Environmental Protection Hints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
7.2.3
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
7.3.1
Safety Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
7.3.2
Electrical Connection of SICAM Q100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
7.4
System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
7.5
Access Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
7.6
Meaning of the LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
7.7
Commissioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
7.7.1
Initial Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
7.7.2
Changes During Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
7.7.3
Starting the Device with the Default IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Connection Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 8.1
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
8.2
Communication Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
8.2.1
Ethernet Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
8.2.2
RS485 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
8.3
Connection Types and Connection Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
8.3.1
Using SICAM Q100 in the Power Systems IT, TT, and TN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
8.3.2
Examples – Standard Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
8.3.3
Example - Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Operation at Use of a PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 9.1
12
TCP/UDP Ports Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
7.3
9
Password Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
6.4.1 6.5
8
Security Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
6.3.1 6.4
7
Account Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
General Usage Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 13 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9.2 9.2.1
Initial Start of the Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
9.2.2
Enabling JavaScript . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
9.2.3
Changing the Buffer Mechanism (only for Microsoft Internet Explorer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
9.2.4
Changing the Security Setting (only for Microsoft Internet Explorer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
9.2.5
Number of Connections via HTML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
9.2.6
Layout of the User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
9.2.7
Starting the User Interface during Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
9.3
Configuration of the Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
9.3.1
Device Configuration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
9.3.2
Access to the Passive Set of Parameters by Multiple Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
9.3.3
Setting the Operational Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
9.3.4
HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
9.3.5
Energy Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
9.3.6
Recording and Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
9.3.7
Setting Administrative Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
9.4
Value View and Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
9.4.1
Process Connections and Automation Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
9.4.2
Evaluation and Data Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
9.5
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
9.5.1
Firmware Upload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
9.5.2
Formatting the SD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
9.5.3
Presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
9.5.4
Message Logs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
9.5.5
Evaluation and Data Management – Transient Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
9.5.6
Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
9.6
AC Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
9.7
Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
9.7.1
Task Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
9.7.2
Initial Situation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
9.7.3
Parameterization as Defined by the Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
9.7.4
Performing the Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
9.8 10
Start and Design of the User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Flowchart of Modbus RTU Master and Modbus Gateway Parameterization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Operation at Use of the Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 10.1
General Operating Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
10.2
Starting Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
10.3
Display Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
10.4
Parameterization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
10.4.1
Menu Tree of the Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
10.4.2
Measured Quantities Submenus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
10.4.3
Submenus for Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
10.4.4
Menu Tree of the Settings Submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
10.4.5
User-defined Screens Submenus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
13
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 14 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
11
12
13
14
Time Synchronization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 11.1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
11.2
Internal Time Keeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
11.2.1
Time Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
11.2.2
Status Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
11.3
External Time Synchronization per NTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
11.4
External Time Synchronization via Fieldbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
11.5
Internal Time Synchronization via RTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Maintenance, Storage, Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 12.1
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
12.2
Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
12.3
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Failures and LED Indications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 13.1
General Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
13.2
Indications Signaled by LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
13.3
Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
13.3.1
Troubleshooting and Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
13.3.2
Fallback Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 14.1 14.1.1
General Device Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
14.1.2
Inputs and Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
14.1.3
Communication Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
14.1.4
Environmental Conditions and Climatic Stress Tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
14.1.5
General Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
14.2
Test Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
14.2.1
Electrical Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
14.2.2
Mechanical Stress Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
14.2.3
Safety Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
14.3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
15
Operational Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
16
Operating Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 16.1 16.1.1
AC Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
16.1.2
Binary Inputs U1/U2 and U3/U2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
16.1.3
Binary Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
16.1.4
LEDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
16.2
14
Process Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Automation Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
16.2.1
Limit Violation 1-8 and 9-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
16.2.2
Group Indications 1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 15 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16.3
HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
16.3.1
Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
16.3.2
User-Defined Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
16.4
Energy Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
16.4.1
Load Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
16.4.2
Tariffs (TOU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
16.4.3
Energy Upper Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
16.4.4
Energy Freeze and Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
16.5
Recording and Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
16.5.1
Event Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
16.5.2
Trigger Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
16.5.3
Recorder Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
16.5.4
Mains Signaling Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
16.5.5
Memory Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
16.5.6
Report Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
16.5.7
Recording Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
16.5.8
Transient Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
16.6
Administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
16.6.1
Time Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
16.6.2
Ethernet Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
16.6.3
OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
16.6.4
Communication Serial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
16.6.5
Modbus Slave Devices 1 – 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
16.6.6
SICAM Subdevices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
16.6.7
Device and Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
16.6.8
Account Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
16.6.9
Security Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
16.6.10
Password Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
16.6.11
Syslog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
15
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 16 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 17 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
1 User Information
1
User Information
Application The SICAM Q100 is a multifunctional device for the detection, processing, and evaluation of measured quantities and events according to IEC 61000-4-30, class A, power quality (PQ) standard. The energy management functions also allow determining load profiles and setting up to 8 tariffs. The device is used on all voltage levels of power supply systems. SICAM Q100 is used in 1-phase systems and in 3-wire and 4-wire systems (with neutral conductor). The device is mainly used by power utilities but also in other industrial and commercial sectors. In addition to the measuring function, SICAM Q100 features various recorders (for example, measured value recorders) to record the measured quantities and the load profile in programmable time intervals. Long-term data and events are analyzed and output as report according to power quality standards, for example EN 50160. The input circuits for voltage measurement are galvanically isolated and can be used in IT, TT, and, TN networks. To ensure galvanic separation for current measurements, the lines connected to the current measuring inputs are galvanically separated from the current transformers. The measurements are obtained from the alternating quantities of current and voltage supplied to the AC inputs. When no external voltage and current transformers are used, the device can process rated input alternating voltages of up to VP-N = 230 V (110 V for UL condition) and rated input alternating currents up to 5 A. The integrated web server can be used to set the parameters and display the measured values on HTML pages from the connected computer. With the internal graphic display, a limited parameterization via softkeys can be carried out on the front panel and measured values can be output via the display. To communicate with the systems control and other process automation equipment and to transmit operational measured values, metered values, indications, load profiles, etc., the device features an Ethernet interface and an RS485 interface. Measured quantities: •
Alternating voltage and alternating current
•
Unbalanced of alternating voltage and alternating current
•
Active, reactive, and apparent power
•
Active, reactive, and apparent energy
•
Power frequency
•
Phase angle
•
Power factor and active power factor
•
THDS (Subgroup Total Harmonic Distortion) of alternating voltage and alternating current
•
Harmonics and interharmonics of alternating voltage and alternating current
•
Flicker acc. to IEC 61000-4-15
•
Transients
•
Mains signaling voltage (MSV)
The uncertainty of operational measurements of the measured quantities is defined as per IEC 62586-1 product standard, class A (leading standard), the IEC 61000-4-30 power quality standard, and the IEC 62586-1, Ed. 1 standard. For detailed information on measured quantities and measured values, see the chapter 4.2 and the technical data in the chapter 14.1.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
17
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 18 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
1 User Information
Functionality of the Recorders The recorders can record measured quantities, events, and load profiles in parameterizable time intervals. The following recorder types are used: •
Measurement recorder: recording of PQ measured quantities acc. to IEC 61000-4-30 (for example, frequency, voltage magnitude) and non-PQ measured quantities (for example, currents, power) over parameterized periods, for example, 10-second frequency, aggregation of voltage, current, power.
•
Trend recorder: long-term recording and monitoring of the voltage change history over a parameterized period of time in programmable tolerance ranges; 1/2 cycle RMS values
•
Fault recorder: Recording of sampled values of voltage and current using programmable triggers, maximum 256 samples per cycle
•
Event recorder: recording of maximum 256 frequency events and voltage-unbalance events each, as well as voltage events of which the maximum counter depends on the memory configuration
•
Mains signaling voltage recorder: recording of mains signaling voltage on the supply voltage.
The device features a 2-GB memory for storing the recorder data. Energy Management As part of the energy management, SICAM Q100 records load profiles according to the Fixed Block and Rolling Block method for all power quantities. Additionally, it is possible to calculate up to 8 tariffs (TOU = Time of Use). The synchronization is made with external or internal triggers. Communication SICAM Q100 has an Ethernet interface and an electric RS485 interface. Ethernet supports the device parameterization, transmission of measured data, metered values, load profiles, and indications/events and the time synchronization with NTP. The communication protocols used are HTTPS, Modbus TCP, and IEC 61850 server. The RS485 interface supports the transmission of measured data, metered values, load profiles, and indications and the time synchronization. The communication protocol is Modbus RTU. The integrated Ethernet switch in the device allows cascading further network components (SICAM subdevices) via a Y cable and integrating them in an existing network with IEC 61850 or another Ethernet protocol. Time Synchronization During operation SICAM Q100 needs the date and time for all time-relevant processes. This ensures that a common time basis exists when communicating with peripheral devices and enables time stamping of the process data. The following types of time synchronization can be executed: •
External time synchronization via Ethernet NTP (preferred)
•
External time synchronization via fieldbus using the Modbus RTU communication protocol
•
Internal time synchronization via RTC (if external time synchronization is not available)
Parameterization Parameters are set using an internal Web browser with HTML pages from the connected computer. Internet Explorer 6 (or higher) is required for this purpose. Devices featuring a display offer a limited parameterization function using the front softkeys.
18
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 19 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
2 Overview
2
Overview
2.1
Device Versions
20
2.2
Ordering Information, Scope of Delivery and Accessories
22
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
19
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 20 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
2 Overview 2.1 Device Versions
2.1
Device Versions SICAM Q100 is a multifunctional device for the detection, calculation, recording, evaluation, display, and transmission of measured electrical quantities with the following properties:
Consistent Device Properties All devices consistently feature the following properties: •
•
Device type:
Power Monitoring Device and Class A Power Quality Recorder with measured value recorders and internal 2-GB memory
Panel flush mounting device with display for measured values and parameterization Plastic case 96 mm x 96 mm x 100 mm (W x H x D) Web server for parameterization, visualization, and data management Galvanically isolated voltage measuring inputs Transmitting measured values using communication protocols
Input and output circuits:
4 inputs for alternating voltage measurements 4 inputs for alternating current measurements 2 binary inputs for example, for synchronization pulses of the load profile or external triggers 2 binary outputs
•
Measurement acc. to standard IEC 61000-4-30, class A
•
Measured quantities
•
Current I System frequency f (fundamental) Active power P (accuracy class 0.2S; ANSI C12.20 current class 2 and current class 10) Reactive power Q Apparent power S Energy measurements W Active power factor cos Measurement up to the 63th harmonics/49th interharmonics of voltage and current Flicker acc. to IEC 61000-4-15 Mains signaling voltage Harmonics phase angles, harmonic power
Measurements for evaluation and supervision
•
Voltage V
Minimum/mean/maximum values Event detection, for example voltage dips, voltage swells, voltage interruptions Limit violations Energy management (load profiles and tariffs) Transient detection
Data export
CSV data PQDIF data IEEE1159.3: PQDIF for PQ records (events, measurements, records)
COMTRADE data IEC 60255-24/IEEE Std C37.111: Measuring relays and protection equipment – Part 24: Common format for transient data exchange (COMTRADE for power systems) for fault records
20
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 21 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
2 Overview 2.1 Device Versions
•
Internal Ethernet switch
•
Certificates
•
CE certification UL certification
Evaluations
Output of power quality reports
Variants SICAM Q100 is available in different variants: •
Communication via Ethernet
•
Only Modbus TCP protocol Modbus TCP protocol or IEC 61850 server protocol
Serial communication
Without RS485 interface With RS485 interface: - Modbus RTUslave protocol - Modbus RTU master protocol and gateway function
•
Degree of protection of front
IP40
SICAM Q100
SICAM Q100, Display Side
Figure 2-1
SICAM Q100 with RS485 Interface, Terminal Side
SICAM Q100
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
21
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 22 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
2 Overview 2.2 Ordering Information, Scope of Delivery and Accessories
2.2
Ordering Information, Scope of Delivery and Accessories
Ordering Information Use the following ordering code to order SICAM Q100 devices:
Description
Order No. / MLFB
Power Monitoring Device and Power Quality Recorder, Class A 123
SICAM Q100 CE Certification and UL Certification
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
7KG 9 5 0 1 - 0 A A
13 14 15 16
1 -
A A 1
Device type Dimensions 96 mm x 96 mm x 100 mm Panel mounted instrument with graphical display 4 Inputs for AC voltage measurements 4 Inputs for AC current measurements 2 Binary inputs 2 Binary outputs Web server for parameterization , visualization and data management Ethernet switch Internal memory 2 GB Measurings, Monitoring, Recording and Power Quality (PQ) Functions Measurements acc. to standard IEC 61000-4-30, class A Measured quantities: V, I, f, P, Q, S, W, cos phi, Flicker Measurement min/max/mean values Measurements till 63th harmonics (current, voltage) Limit violations Energy management: Load profiles and tariffs Transient detection Recorder for Power Quality measured values Event recording, visualisation Online PQ reporting e.g. acc. to EN 50160 Serial Interface and Communication Protocol Without RS485 – Modbus RTU slave, and Modbus RTU master and gateway function
0 3
Degree of Protection of Front IP40 Ethernet Interface and Communication Protocol, RJ45 Modbus TCP IEC 61850 server and Modbus TCP Figure 2-2
22
0 2
Ordering Code for SICAM Q100
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 23 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
2 Overview 2.2 Ordering Information, Scope of Delivery and Accessories
Scope of Delivery The delivery comprises the following components depending on the ordering code: •
SICAM Q100 according to ordering code (see Figure 2-2)
•
Battery (insulated in the battery compartment of the device)
•
Mounting element
•
Product Information
Accessories You can order the following accessories: •
Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522 (download available at https://www.siemens.com/powerquality)
•
RS485 bus terminating plug 220 W in a 9-pin D-sub connector plug: 7XV5103-5AA00
•
Connectors for alternating voltage inputs Order via: Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co. KG Item number: 1700734 Product name: GMSTB 2.5 HCV/ 4-ST-7.62 BK TS Minimum order quantity: 50 pieces
•
Various cables as listed in the following tables:
Table 2-1
RS485-Y Bus Cable (2-Wire, Shielded, with 9-Pin D-sub Connector Plugs)
Cable Length
Order No.
1m
7XV5103-0AA01
3m
7XV5103-0AA03
5m
7XV5103-0AA05
10 m
7XV5103-0AA10
Table 2-2
RS485 Bus Extension Cable (2-Wire, Shielded, with 9-Pin D-sub Connector Plugs)
Cable Length
Order No.
10 m
7XV5103-1AA10
20 m
7XV5103-1AA20
30 m
7XV5103-1AA30
40 m
7XV5103-1AA40
50 m
7XV5103-1AA50
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
23
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 24 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
2 Overview 2.2 Ordering Information, Scope of Delivery and Accessories
Table 2-3
Ethernet Patch Cable (Double Shielded (SFPT), LAN Connector Plugs on Both Sides)
Cable Length
24
Order No.
0.5 m
7KE6000-8G-D00-0AA5
1.0 m
7KE6000-8G-D00-1AA0
2.0 m
7KE6000-8G-D00-2AA0
3.0 m
7KE6000-8G-D00-3AA0
5.0 m
7KE6000-8G-D00-5AA0
10.0 m
7KE6000-8G-D01-0AA0
15.0 m
7KE6000-8G-D01-5AA0
20.0 m
7KE6000-8G-D02-0AA0
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 25 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
3 Device Design
3
Device Design
3.1
Mechanical Design
26
3.2
Display and Softkeys
27
3.3
Terminal Diagram of the Back Plate
28
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
25
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 26 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
3 Device Design 3.1 Mechanical Design
3.1
Mechanical Design The device is designed for panel flush mounting. The electrical modules are installed in a plastic case with the dimensions 96 mm x 96 mm x 100 mm (W x H x D). The display side of the device contains the display, 4 softkeys located below and 4 LEDs of which the H1, H2, and ERROR LEDs can be parameterized. The ERROR LED can only be parameterized for error messages. The device top side holds the RJ45 Ethernet plug connector with 2 LEDs. 4 more LEDs are identical to the LEDs on the display side. At the cover of the battery compartment, there is a labeling strip for the configurable LEDs H1/H2 and a battery symbol that indicates the polarity. The label is also on the top side and provides among other information the most important rated data of the device. A lithium battery is located under the removable cover of the battery compartment. SICAM Q100 devices can also contain a D-sub connector plug as RS485 interface (see Figure 3-1) as shown in the ordering information (see chapter 2.2). Display side Cover of battery compartment
Terminal side RJ45 with 2 LEDs
4 LEDs D sub (RS485)
LED RUN
Binary inputs Binary outputs
LED ERROR Default IP address Default subnet mask
LED H1
Softkeys
Display
LED H2
F1 to F4
Figure 3-1
26
Terminal block for Terminal blocks for measurements (voltage, current) power supply
Layout of SICAM Q100
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 27 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
3 Device Design 3.2 Display and Softkeys
3.2
Display and Softkeys
Display The layout of the display is shown in the following figure.
Title
Display area
Softkey functions
Softkeys F1 to F4 Figure 3-2
Display and Softkeys
The top line (title) shows the name of the current display in the display area. The display area below shows parameter settings, measured values, and graphic pictures. The bottom line shows the 4 current functions of the softkeys below the display used to set the parameters. Softkeys The 4 softkeys on the display side are used to make the desired entries at the device. To call and activate the IP address, press softkey F4 (for > 3 s, see Figure 3-2) on the right during system startup if necessary. The IP address and the standard subnet mask are imprinted on the side panel of the device (see Figure 3-1). The chapter 10 gives a detailed description of the softkey functions.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
27
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 28 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
3 Device Design 3.3 Terminal Diagram of the Back Plate
3.3
Terminal Diagram of the Back Plate
Figure 3-3
28
Terminal Diagram of the Back Plate
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 29 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
4 Measured Quantities and Recording
4
Measured Quantities and Recording
4.1
Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System
4.2
Measured Quantities
4.3
Display of Measured Quantities
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
29
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 30 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.1 Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System
4.1
Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System
4.1.1
Measuring System SICAM Q100 devices measure the power quality according to IEC 61000-4-30 in 1-phase or multi-phase distribution systems. The basic measuring interval for determining the values for mains voltage, harmonics of mains voltage, and mains voltage unbalance is 10 cycles for 50-Hz distribution systems or 12 cycles for 60-Hz distribution systems. An overview of the measured quantities demanded in according to IEC 61000-4-30, their measurement uncertainty and measurement ranges is represented in the chapter 4.3.1.
4.1.2
Flicker The flicker measurement is performed according to IEC 61000-4-15. The short-term flicker value Pst and long-term flicker value Plt are determined for phase-to-ground voltages and delta voltages. The flicker measurement is performed on all 3 voltage channels. Flickers appear with a frequency from 0.005 to 35 Hz. The instantaneous flicker value is displayed in perceptibility units P. SICAM Q100 measures the following flicker types:
30
•
Short-term flicker value Pst, determined over 10 min (short-term flicker), fixed
•
Long-term flicker value Plt, over 2 h (12 Pst values), fixed
•
Perceptibility Pinst
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 31 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.1 Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System
4.1.3
Transients If the instantaneous value of the primary rated voltage exceeds the parameterized reference value at one or several sampling points, the SICAM Q100 device detects temporary overvoltages as transients . Detect and capture transients as short as 100 µs at 50 Hz (80 µs at 60 Hz). The following data and values are determined during the evaluation of the transients in SICAM Q100 and listed in the window Transient detection (see chapter 9.4.2.7): • • • •
Serial number of the event Time when transients start to occur (time stamp with date and time) Affected phase (a, b, c, ab, bc, ca) Transient duration
Parameterized reference value (in %) is up to 240 % of the primary rated voltage.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
31
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 32 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.1 Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System
Figure 4-1
4.1.4
Transient Detection
Mains Signaling Voltage Mains signaling voltage (MSV) measurement is performed according to IEC 61000-4-30.
32
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 33 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.1 Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System
SICAM Q100 detects mains singalling frequencies from 100 Hz to 3 kHz. The threshold for detection and capture is from 1 % up to 15 % of Udin. The following data and values are determined during the evaluation of the mains signaling voltage in SICAM Q100 and listed in the window Mains signaling voltage (see chapter 9.4.2.3): •
Time when mains signaling voltage starts to occur (time stamp with date and time)
•
The values of the affected phase (a, b, c, ab, bc, ca)
Mains signaling voltage
Detection threshold
Zoom
Time
Mains signaling voltage
Detection threshold
Total recording duration
Time
Pre-recording duration Detected time stamp The mains signalling voltage will be recorded if the instantaneous value of the MSV (on the user-specified carrier frequency) is higher than a given threshold voltage. The recorder will not end until the Total recording duration is reached. The 10/12 cycle values of voltages are recorded. For detailed information on calculation of mains signaling voltage, refer to IEC 61000-4-30.
Figure 4-2
Mains Signaling Voltage
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
33
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 34 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.1 Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System
4.1.5
Rapid Voltage Change Rapid voltage change (RVC) is a quick transition of RMS voltage occurring between two steady-state conditions, and during which the RMS voltage does not exceed the dip/swell threshold. The threshold of RVC detection is configurable from 1 % up to 6 % of Udin. The following data and values are determined during the evaluation of the rapid voltage change in SICAM Q100 and listed in the tab Rapid Voltage Change (see chapter 9.4.2.1): •
RVC event start time
•
RVC event duration
•
ΔVmax
•
ΔVss
•
The affected phases (a, b, c, ab, bc, ca, a-b-c).
Figure 4-3
Rapid Voltage Change (RVC)
NOTE Vrms(1/2): RMS voltage refreshed each half-cycle according to IEC61000-4-30 Ed. 3. 100/120 Vrms(1/2) value: 100 values for 50 Hz nominal, or 120 values for 60 Hz nominal.
34
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 35 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.1 Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System
4.1.6
Harmonic Power and Harmonic Angles Measurement of phase angles is helpful to analyze different phenomena. The measurement can be used for the following purposes: •
Evaluation of harmonic flows throughout the system
•
Identification of harmonic sources and harmonic sinks
•
Calculation of active, reactive, and apparent powers of harmonics
•
Assessment of harmonic-current measurements in different points in the system
•
Modeling of disturbing loads and evaluation of their disturbing effect
•
Design countermeasures for disturbing loads
Therefore the SICAM Q100 provides these new measurements to support new evaluation alternatives that support the customer in minimizing the influence of harmonics in the network or load, as defining mitigation devices, filters, reactive compensation, etc. Harmonic Directions SICAM Q100 measures harmonics of currents, voltages, and powers up to the 63rd order. Measuring is done according to the standard IEC 61000-4-7. The following values are given for each harmonic: •
RMS value (for power: RMS value and sign)
•
Phase angle
The sign of the active power of the single harmonic indicates the direction of power flow of this harmonic in a system from the device installation point of view. Thus, it is possible to indicate loads that generate the harmonics and that are probably the cause of the harmonics. For voltage and current, the given phase angle of the harmonic refers to the voltage of the fundamental component in respective phase. The phase angle between the current harmonic and the corresponding voltage harmonic is used to calculate the sign of active harmonic power.
P(n) 0
P(n) < 0
Supply system
Load
Measuring system P(n) = U(n) x I (n) x cos(u(n) - i(n)) Figure 4-4
Principle of the Harmonic Directions
For measuring the RMS values and the phase angles, a 10-cycle interval is used for 50-Hz distribution systems. For 60-Hz distribution systems, a 12-cycle interval is used.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
35
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 36 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.1 Power Quality Measuring System and Recording System
Analysis of Harmonic Phase Angles For the voltage and current harmonics, the following values are given additionally: •
Prevailing phase angle (Prev°; PreAngle in user interface)
•
Prevailing ratio (PR)
The prevailing phase angle represents harmonic emissions for intervals (such as 10-min aggregation interval). The Prev° indicates the phase angle of a certain load. The prevailing phase angle is calculated via the aggregation time from the phase angles of the 10-cycle or 12-cycle intervals. In the graphics in the following table, the prevailing phase angle is displayed as a red line. The prevailing ratio indicates load fluctuations during aggregation and indicates the degree of the variation of a phase angle. For a prevailing-ratio value of 1, the phase angle of the corresponding harmonic is constant (PR = 1: no fluctuation). The phase angles of the large variation (see following table), which have a prevailing ratio of 2 V required
10 % to 150 % Udin
±0.1 % Udin
AC 57.73 V to 400 V (autorange) Voltage Vph-N/PE (star)
V
IEC 61000-4-30 Class A: to AC 230 V: 200 % overvoltage > AC 230 V to 400 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage
UL conditions: to AC 170 V: 200 % overvoltage > AC 170 V to 300 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage 10 % to 150 % Udin
±0.1 % Udin
AC 100 V to 690 V (autorange) Voltage Vph-ph (delta)
V
IEC 61000-4-30 Class A: to AC 400 V: 200 % overvoltage > AC 400 V to 690 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage
UL conditions: to AC 290 V: 200 % overvoltage > AC 290 V to 520 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage
Flicker Pst, Plt
-
Pst, Plt: 0.2 to 10
Acc. to class A, IEC 61000-4-30: Pst: ±5 %; Plt: ±5 %, Accuracy Pinst: ±8 %
Undervoltages (dips) and overvoltages (swells) of the mains voltage
V, s
-
Amplitude ±0.1 % Udin; 1 cycle;
Voltage interruptions of the mains voltage
V, s
-
Duration: 1 cycle
Voltage unbalance
%
Measurement range for u2 and u0: 0.5 % to 5.0 %
±0.1 %
78
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 79 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.3 Display of Measured Quantities
Table 4-19
Measured Quantities and their Operational Measurement Uncertainty (cont.)
Measured Quantity
Harmonics of voltage H_xVph
Unit
% or V
Measurement Range
10 % to 200 % acc. to IEC 61000-2-4, class 3
Operat. Measurem. Uncertainty acc. to IEC 62586-1, Class A, IEC 61000-4-30, IEC 61000-4-7, and IEC 61000-4-15 IEC 61000-4-7, class 1: Condition: Vm > 1 % Vrated Maximum error: ±5 % Vm ------------------------------Condition: Um < 1 % Vrated Maximum error: ±0.05 % Vrated Condition: 3 % to 15 % of Udin
Mains signaling voltage MSVph-N(star) / MSVphph(delta)
V
1 % to 15 % Udin
Maximum error: ±5 % of measured value ------------------------------Condition: 1 % to 3 % of Udin Maximum error: ±0.15 % of Udin
Udin: Primary nominal voltage, corresponds to the primary rated voltage in SICAM Q100 Vm: Measured value Vrated: Rated voltage u2: Value of Neg.seq.comp.V u0: Value of Zero seq.comp.V
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
79
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 80 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.3 Display of Measured Quantities
4.3.2 Measured Quantities and Operational Measurement Accuracy acc. to IEC 61557-12 Table 4-20 Measured Quantities and their Operational Measurement Accuracy Measured Quantity
Unit
Rated Value
Measurement Range
Accuracy Class
Current I Acc. to parameterization
A
Auto range (1 A to 5 A)
10 % to 200 % Irated
0.2
Current unbalance
%
-
0 % to 100 % Irated
±0.2 % 2)
Active power P + demand, - supply
W
-
1 % to 200 % Irated
0.2
Reactive power Q inductive, capacitive
var
-
2 % to 200 % Irated
1
Apparent power S
VA
-
-
0.2
Power factor PF 1)
-
-
0.5 inductive to 0.8 capacitive
1
Active power factor cos 1)
-
-
-1 to +1
±1 % 2)
Phase angle 1)
Degree
-
-180° to +180°
±2° 2)
Active energy WP + demand, - supply
Wh
-
1 % to 200 % Irated
0.2 Class 0.2S acc. to IEC 62053-22
Reactive energy WQ inductive, capacitive
varh
-
2 % to 200 % Irated
2 Class 0.5S acc. to IEC 62053-24
Apparent energy WS
VAh
-
2 % to 200 % Irated
0.2
Subgroup total harmonics distortion of voltage THDS Vph
%
-
0 % to 100 %
±0.5 % 2)
Subgroup total harmonics distortion of current THDS Iph
%
-
0 % to 100 %
±0.5 % 2) Condition: Im 10 % Irated
Harmonics of current H_xIph
A
-
-
Maximum error: ±5 % Im ------------------------------Condition: Im < 10 % Irated Maximum error: ±0.5 % Irated
1) 2)
80
Measurement from 2 % of the rated apparent power value onwards in the selected measuring range (see chapter 14.2) The IEC 61557-12 standard does not specify any accuracy class for these variables. The specifications refer to the maximum deviation from the actual value.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 81 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.3 Display of Measured Quantities
4.3.3
Accuracy of the Frequency Measurement Table 4-21
Accuracy of the Frequency Measurement Circuit
Voltage to Va-N
Accuracy 0 V to 2 V: invalid > 2 V: 10 mHz
Voltage to Vb-N Voltage to Vc-N
NOTE The frequency measurement is carried out as software frequency measurement (Va-N, Vb-N, Vc-N > 2 V). The frequency is measured first at the measuring circuit Va-N. If the voltage Va-N is < 2 V, the measurement is performed automatically at the measuring circuit Vb-N. If the voltage Vb-N is < 2 V, the measurement is performed automatically at the measuring circuit Vc-N. If none of the voltages is > 2 V, the frequency measurement is invalid.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
81
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 82 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
4 Measured Quantities and Recording 4.3 Display of Measured Quantities
82
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 83 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
5 Energy Management
5
Energy Management
5.1
Load-Profile Determination
84
5.2
Tariffs
91
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
83
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 84 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
5 Energy Management 5.1 Load-Profile Determination
5.1
Load-Profile Determination
5.1.1
General The load profile reflects the history of the electric power and documents the distribution of power fluctuations and peaks. The load profile is determined on subperiods of 10/12 cycles (50 Hz/60 Hz). SICAM Q100 supports 2 methods of load-profile determination: the Fixed Block method and the Rolling Block method. The load profile is stored in the ring buffer of the device and provided at the communication interfaces (see chapter 9.3.5.1 and System manual). In addition, it can be output as CSV file. The load profile can be recorded in synchronized or non-synchronized form. The synchronization is made by external or internal triggers. The following diagram shows a 45-min measuring period which consists of 3 subperiods of 15 min each. The measured and calculated load-profile data are stored in the ring buffer at the end of each subperiod. After 3 subperiods, the average power value of the measuring period is calculated from the 3 load-profile data of the subperiods. The values (cumulative values and averages) can be retrieved at any time within a subperiod via the communication. Measuring period
P Subperiod (a)
Subperiod (c)
Subperiod (b)
Measured power
Time of detection/Storage of load profile data
Instantaneous cumulative average power at the sampling point Instantaneous sampling point
Sampled value
Calculation of average power about the measuring period
Mean value generation subperiod (b) Mean value about the subperiod (a) Mean value generation subperiod (a)
Start 0 min
10/12 10/12 10/12 System cycle
Figure 5-1
84
15 min
10/12 10/12 10/12 System cycle
30 min
10/12 10/12 System cycle
45 min
t
Power history of a measuring period consisting of three 15-min subperiods
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 85 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
5 Energy Management 5.1 Load-Profile Determination
5.1.2
Methods of Load-Profile Determination NOTE The parameterization of the load profile is described in detail in chapter 8.3.5.1. Note the information specified there. SICAM Q100 supports the following load-profile determination methods: •
Fixed Block
•
Rolling Block
Fixed Block method The Fixed Block method with a measuring-period length of 15 min is the default setting. In addition, the number of subperiods of this method is set to 1. The load-profile data are determined at the end of every measuring period and stored in the ring buffer and transmitted, if necessary, or displayed on the user interface. Measuring period
3
Time of the recording of the load profile data of the ended measuring period
2
1
Duration of a measuring period
15
0
Figure 5-2
30
45
t [min]
Determination of the load profile according to the Fixed Block method
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
85
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 86 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
5 Energy Management 5.1 Load-Profile Determination
Rolling Block Method A measuring period of the Rolling Block method consists of 2 to 5 subperiods depending on the parameterization. The length of a measuring period is the product of the number of subperiods and the parameterized length of the subperiod; see parameterization in chapter 9.3.5.1. The following figure shows the history of the measuring periods during the load-profile determination: Measuring period
Example: A measuring period consists of 3 subperiods (SP) with a duration of 15 min each.
5
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
SP
4
3
SP
2
SP
1
SP
SP
Calculation/recording of the load profile data from the 3 subperiods of the ended measuring period
SP
Recording load profile data of the ended subperiod
0
15
30
45
60
75
90
105
t [min]
Start
Figure 5-3
History of the measuring periods for determination of the load profile according to the Rolling Block method
Load-Profile Data at the Communication Interface The following load-profile data are available during a measuring period: •
Average power values for all power quantities during the measuring period, calculated from the average power values at the end of every subperiod (red dots in Figure 5-3)
•
Average power values for all power quantities during the subperiods (blue dots in Figure 5-3)
•
Maximum and minimum values for all power quantities within the subperiods
•
Cumulated power values for all power quantities at every sampling point within the current subperiod
The arithmetic average power values and the extreme values per subperiod are stored in the ring buffer. The cumulated power values can be retrieved via communication or displayed in the user interface.
86
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 87 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
5 Energy Management 5.1 Load-Profile Determination
Load-Profile Calculation Arithmetic average power value The calculation of the arithmetic average power value of a measuring period refers to the actual duration of the measuring period. Special case: With constant power consumption or constant power supply, the arithmetic average power value also remains constant in the current measuring period. Cumulated power value The power values are calculated cumulatively and the calculation refers to the length of the respective subperiod. Special case: With constant power consumption or constant power supply, the cumulated power value rises linearly in the current measuring period.
5.1.3
Historical Load-Profile Data SICAM Q100 records the following measured quantities: Table 5-1
Historical load-profile data
Measured quantities
Cumulated Power Values
Arithmetic Average Power Values
PImport
x
x
PExport
x
x
QImport
x
x
QExport
x
x
S
x
x
Maximum Values
Minimum Values
±x
±x
±x
±x
x
x
Storage of Load-Profile Data The load-profile data are stored in a ring buffer with up to 4 000 data sets. Every new data set overwrites the oldest data set. Every data set contains the average power values, minimum/maximum values, a time stamp, and status information for a completed subperiod. The traceability of the load profile depends on the length of the subperiod: •
Fixed Block method: length of the measuring period = 15 min
•
Rolling Block method: length of the subperiod = 15 min
On the condition that all periods correspond to the configured period length, the recording period is longer than 40 days.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
87
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 88 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
5 Energy Management 5.1 Load-Profile Determination
5.1.4
Current Load-Profile Data at the Communication Interfaces and in the User Interface The load-profile data of the current and last completed periods are output at the communication interfaces. For information on the data transmission via the communication protocols Modbus TCP, Modbus RTU Master, and IEC 61850, refer to the System Manual SICAM Q100. In the user interface, the load-profile data are displayed in the tab Value view and evaluation -> Load profile; see chapter 9.4.1.6.
88
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 89 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
5 Energy Management 5.1 Load-Profile Determination
5.1.5
Synchronization of the Load Profile
5.1.5.1 Types of Synchronization At the beginning of every subperiod, SICAM Q100 expects a synchronization signal which can either be supplied externally or created internally. External supply of the synchronization signal: •
Via one of the binary inputs
•
Via the communication interfaces
Creation of the internal synchronization signal: •
Creation through the internal clock of the device
Synchronization with External Synchronization Pulses Synchronization via binary inputs or communication interface SICAM Q100 checks whether there is a deviation from the set time or whether there are no synchronization pulses. If a set tolerance is exceeded or if the value falls below this tolerance, the measuring period is shortened and marked accordingly. If the time grid of the incoming pulses is shifted, SICAM Q100 adapts to the changed time grid automatically. Particularities in the synchronization via communication interface The synchronization telegram transmitted via Modbus TCP or Modbus RTU contains, among other things, the length of the subperiods in minutes. If the set length of the subperiods in the device does not correspond to the length in the telegram, the synchronization pulse is ignored. Load-profile data are still recorded though based on the internal clock of the device. Synchronization via the Internal Clock of the Device If external synchronization is not possible, for instance, due to no synchronization pulse, the synchronization can be configured with the internal clock of the device. The length of measuring period and subperiod depends only on the internal clock of the device. The starting time of the subperiod is the previous full hour plus a multiple of the configured length of the subperiod. Updating the time within the current measuring period or beyond the measuring period causes shortened measuring periods and is given the information "resynchronized" in the time stamp. Substitute values are not written for any gaps in the history.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
89
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 90 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
5 Energy Management 5.1 Load-Profile Determination
5.1.5.2 Special Conditions and Effects on the Load Profile Device Restart If a functional battery is installed in SICAM Q100, the existing load-profile records are kept unchanged. Resetting the Device Clock Resetting the device clock does not affect the load-profile recording. The historical load profiles with a date in the future do not prevent resetting the device clock. Failure of the Measuring Voltage Failure of the measuring voltage does not affect the load profile. Failure and Return of the Supply Voltage When the supply voltage returns after a temporary failure, SICAM Q100 records shortened measuring periods. Interpolated values are not written for load-profile data which were not recorded during the period. Effect of Tariff Change The low-to-high tariff change affects the load profile since all values stored in the load profile have been assigned to the valid tariff in a unique way. The current period keeps the old tariff up to the period end. The new tariff is effective from the starting time of the subsequent period. The power meters of SICAM Q100 change to the other tariff after the current measuring period. Additional Information on the Load-Profile Data SICAM Q100 determines the following additional information for every period (see System manual SICAM Q100, chapter 2, Load profile - Management): •
LOADPROFILE_FLAG_QUALITY_SYNC SICAM Q100 triggered the period end prematurely due to a synchronization irregularity. As long as the time has not been determined, the flag is set. The time can be undefined if the battery could not buffer the time, for example, due to discharged battery.
•
LOADPROFILE_FLAG_QUALITY_AUXPOWER_FAIL The device triggered the period end prematurely due to supply-voltage failure.
•
LOADPROFILE_FLAG_QUALITY_UNSECURE The load-profile data are unsafe. Reasons are:
Measuring current or measuring voltage are outside the specified range. The type of reactive power was changed.
The additional information is stored with the other load-profile data and can be retrieved via the communication interfaces.
90
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 91 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
5 Energy Management 5.2 Tariffs
5.2
Tariffs NOTE The parameterization of the tariffs is described in detail in chapter 9.3.5.2. Note the information specified there.
SICAM Q100 supports up to 8 tariffs for power meters for supplied or consumed active energy, reactive energy, and apparent energy. If the tariff change is controlled, up to 8 tariffs can be set. If tariffs are changed via binary inputs, up to 2 tariffs can be set. The value of the binary inputs which there is at the time of the beginning of the subperiod at the binary input is decisive for it. The tariff is changed via the external interfaces. A time-related tariff change is only possible by a superordinate system. Tariff Change on Load-Profile Synchronization The recorded load profile is always assigned to the current tariff. If, during a running measuring period, a tariff change is made, for instance, from high to low tariff, this has initially no effect on the load-profile recording. The new tariff becomes effective in the load-profile recording and in the power meters of SICAM Q100 only with the start of the next measuring period. Tariff Change without Load-Profile Synchronization If no external and internal synchronization of the load profile is performed, the tariff change becomes effective immediately. If in the parameterization of the load profile "None" has been selected as a synchronization source, see chapter 9.3.5.1, a tariff change without synchronization exists.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
91
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 92 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
5 Energy Management 5.2 Tariffs
92
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 93 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security
6
Security
6.1
Overview
94
6.2
Account Management
96
6.3
Security Settings
105
6.4
Password Management
107
6.5
TCP/UDP Ports Used
109
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
93
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 94 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.1 Overview
6.1
Overview The following table contains an overview of the SICAM Q100 security features. Individual topics are explained in the following chapters. Table 6-1
Overview Topic
HTTPS
94
Description The device supports the following HTTPS features: •
For access to the Web UI of the SICAM Q100 device, the secure HTTPScommunication protocol is used. Unencrypted HTTP access is not supported.
•
The free software OpenSSL is used for the TLS implementation.
•
The integrated Web server only supports connection requests with the cryptographic protocol versions TLS1.1 and TLS1.2. Older versions are rejected due to security reasons.
•
Only high-strength Cipher Suites (key length ≥ 128 bit) are supported.
•
The device generates a self-signed TLS-certificate and is therefore not signed and confirmed by a certification authority. When using the SICAM Q100 user interface, all browsers will show a message regarding an unknown certificate warning about an untrusted connection. Due to the authentication scheme used by browsers, Siemens cannot provide certificates (for example, during assembly) to be used for HTTPS with browsers. This is because either the DNS name or the IP address of the device has to be part of the signed certificate, both of which are ultimately determined after installation at the site of the customer. That is why the products generate a self-signed certificate after the IP address has been set. This selfsigned certificate has to be trusted in a secure way on all clients used to access this device.You can find the recommended way of trusting selfsigned certificates in the document Certificate trusting in web browsers. you can find this document under http://www.siemens.com/gridsecurity, Downloads -> Downloads Cyber Security -> Application Notes.
•
As the certificate is linked to the IP address of the device, it is generated a new with each change of the IP address.
Role-based access control (RBAC)
SICAM Q100 device provides a role-based access control (RBAC) mechanism for account management. With the RBAC mechanism, the permissions to perform certain actions on the SICAM Q100 device are assigned to specific roles. For more detailed information, refer to chapter 6.2.2.
Audit log
The device provides an audit log to track security-relevant events. Only a user with auditor rights can access the messages in the audit log. For more detailed information, refer to chapter 9.5.4.3.
Firmware with digital signature
The integrity and authenticity of the firmware package is protected by a digital signature. Only a firmware package with a valid digital signature can be uploaded into the SICAM Q100 device.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 95 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.1 Overview
Table 6-1
Overview Topic
Description
Syslog
The SICAM Q100 device supports transmitting the audit logs to a central log server using Syslog. For more detailed information, refer to chapter 9.3.7.8.
Automatic logoutafter a timeout of no action
If there are no actions for 20 min after the last parameter change, the paramterization is released again for other users.
Modbus TCP read only
When communicating via Modbus TCP, the read-only access is configurable. For more detailed information, refer to chapter 9.3.7.2.1.
Deploy in a Secured Environment Only Siemens recommends protecting network access to its energy automation products with appropriate mechanisms (for example, firewalls, segmentation, VPN). It is advised to configure the environment according to the operational guidelines in order to run the devices in a protected IT environment. You can find the recommended security guidelines to Secure Substations in Cyber Security General Downloads -> Manuals in the following website: http://www.siemens.com/gridsecurity.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
95
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 96 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.2 Account Management
6.2
Account Management
6.2.1
Function Description The SICAM Q100 device provides a role-based access control (RBAC) mechanism for account management. This function is a policy-neutral mechanism for access control to define the roles and privileges. With the RBAC mechanism, the permissions to perform certain actions on the SICAM Q100 device are assigned to specific roles.
Creating User Accounts There is no default user account or default password provided for a newly delivered SICAM Q100 device. After the newly delivered SICAM Q100 device boots up, you are required to create an initial user account with an administrator role or a user account manager role on the Web UI. Afterwards, you can log on with the created role and get access to Account management to create, change, or delete the user accounts for the following roles: •
Viewer
•
Operator
•
Engineer
•
Installer
•
Security administrator
•
Security auditor
•
User account manager
•
Administrator
•
Backup operator
•
Guest
The following table contains the access rights to different roles in the SICAM Q100 device:
96
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 97 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.2 Account Management
Table 6-2 Role
Guest Viewer
Operator
Backup operator
Engineer
Installer
Access Rights Assigned to Different Roles Access to the Web UI Tabs Information
Configure
Value View and Evaluation
Maintenance
View all pages
Password management
-
-
View all pages
View operational log, error logs, and diagnosis data
•
View all operational settings
•
Password management
•
View all operational settings
•
Format SD card
•
Password management
•
Reset energy counters, date/ time, and min/max values
•
Delete load profile buffer
•
View/delete error logs, transientlogs, and diagnosis data
•
View operational log, error logs, and diagnosis data
•
View all operational settings
•
Password management
•
Save configuration to files
•
Modify all operational settings
•
View operational log, error logs, and diagnosis data
•
Password management
•
•
Get device configuration
Enable/disable the customer support functions
•
Open and save configuration from files
•
Firmware upload
•
View operational log, error logs, and diagnosis data
•
Enable/disable the customer support functions
User account manager
•
Account management
•
Password management
Security administrator
•
Account management
•
Security settings
•
Password management
•
Syslog
•
Activation/Cancel
-
-
-
-
Security auditor
Password management
-
View audit logs
Administrator
Full access to all pages
View all pages
Full access to all pages
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
97
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 98 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.2 Account Management
NOTE Only a user with the role of administrator, security administrator, or user account manager has the permission to access the Account management.
HMI Password The SICAM Q100 device provides an option to use an HMI password. It determines whether the password for actions at the device display is activated or deactivated. The HMI password is activated by default.
6.2.2
•
If the HMI password is deactivated, all actions at the device display can be executed without entering a password.
•
If the HMI password is activated, you must enter a configured password to start actions at the device display.
Configuration via User Interface
Creating an Initial User Account
Figure 6-1
Creating an Initial Account
To create an initial user account, proceed as follows: ✧
98
In the Log on tab of the Web UI page, select Administrator or User Account Manager from Account Type.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 99 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.2 Account Management
✧
Enter a new user name and password according to the following table:
Table 6-3
Settings for Creating an Initial Account Settings
Default Settings
Description
Account Type
Administrator
User Account Manager Administrator
User name
Empty
Up to 64 characters
New password
Empty
8 to 24 characters Contains at least:
Repeat new password
•
1 capital latin letter (A to Z)
•
1 small latin letter (a to z)
•
1 digital number (0 to 9)
•
1 special character from the set: !, “, #, $, %, &, ‘, (, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, :, ;, , ?, @, [, \, ], ^, _, ‘, {, }, ~.
✧
Click Confirm. An initial user account is created.
✧
Click Sign in.
Figure 6-2
Sign in, Account Management
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
99
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 100 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.2 Account Management
✧
Enter the created user name and password in the Log on tab.
Figure 6-3 ✧
Log on Tab, Account Management
Click Log on. The Information tab appears if the entered user name and password are correct.
Creating User Accounts with Different Roles
Figure 6-4
Creating Accounts
To create user accounts with different roles in the Configure tab, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select Administrative and click Account management.
✧
Click Create account.
Figure 6-5
100
Configuration Tab, Account Management
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 101 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.2 Account Management
✧
Create user accounts according to the following tables:
Table 6-4
Settings for Creating User Accounts
Settings
Default Settings
Description
User name
Empty
Up to 64 characters
New password
8 to 24 characters Contains at least:
Repeat new password
•
1 capital latin letter (A to Z)
•
1 small latin letter (a to z)
•
1 digital number (0 to 9)
•
1 special character from the set: !, “, #, $, %, &, ‘, (, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, :, ;, , ?, @, [, \, ], ^, _, ‘, {, }, ~.
Roles
Table 6-5
Click one or several option buttons to select a role or several roles for a user account according to Table 6-5. Overview of the Access Rights Assigned to Each Role
Viewer
Operator
Backup Operator
Engineer
Installer
Security Administrator
Security Auditor
User Account Manager
Administrator
Role
Guest
Description of the Access Rights
General information viewing
x 1)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Operation data viewing
-
x
x
x
x
x
-
-
-
x
Configuration settings viewing
-
x
x
x
x
x
-
-
-
x
Force values
-
-
x
-
-
-
-
-
-
x
Configuration downloading
-
-
-
x
x
x
-
-
-
x
Configuration change and uploading
-
-
-
-
x
x
-
-
-
x
Firmware change
-
-
-
-
-
x
-
-
-
x
RBAC management
-
-
-
-
-
-
x
-
x
x
Security management
-
-
-
-
-
-
x
-
-
x
Audit trail
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
x
-
x
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
101
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 102 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.2 Account Management 1)
x represents that the user with this role is assigned with related rights.
✧
Enter the user name, the password, and select a role or several roles for a user account.
✧
Click Confirm. A user account is created.
Editing or Deleting an Existing User Account
Figure 6-6
Editing or Deleting a User Account
To edit an existing user account, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select Administrative and click Account management.
✧
Click the
Figure 6-7 102
icon to edit the password or edit the role of an existing user account.
Editing a User Account SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 103 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.2 Account Management
✧
Edit the user account according to the following table:
Table 6-6
Settings for Editing a User Account
Settings
Default Settings
Description
User name
Empty
Up to 64 characters
New password
8 to 24 characters Contains at least:
Repeat new password
•
1 capital latin letter (A to Z)
•
1 small latin letter (a to z)
•
1 digital number (0 to 9)
•
1 special character from the set: !, “, #, $, %, &, ‘, (, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, :, ;, , ?, @, [, \, ], ^, _, ‘, {, }, ~.
Roles
✧
Click one or several option buttons to select a role or several roles for a user account according to Table 6-5.
Click Confirm. The user account is edited successfully.
To delete an existing user account, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select Administrative and click Account management.
✧
Click the
✧
If you want to delete all the user accounts, click the button Delete all user accounts shown in Figure 6-6.
icon to delete an existing user account.
As a result, the device restarts automatically. The Log on tab with creating an initial user account opens after the device restarts, shown in Figure 6-1.
NOTE To edit a user account, you can choose to edit the password, the roles or both of the password and roles.
NOTE If the roles for the users who have the permission to access Account management are changed, the users must log off and log on again to make sure that the roles are updated.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
103
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 104 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.2 Account Management
Setting the HMI Password
Figure 6-8
Configuration Tab, HMI Password
To set the HMI password in the Configure tab, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select Administrative and click Account management.
✧
Set the HMI password according to the following table:
Table 6-7
104
Settings for the HMI Password
Settings
Default Settings
Setting Ranges
Use HMI password
yes
no yes
New password
000000
6 digital numbers (0 to 9)
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 105 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.3 Security Settings
6.3
Security Settings
6.3.1
Function Description The SICAM Q100 device provides the security settings to configure the logon settings.
NOTE Only a user with the role of administrator or security administrator has the permission to access Security Settings.
6.3.2
Security Settings The user with the account created with a role of administrator or security administrator has the permission to configure the logon security settings.
Figure 6-9
Security Settings, RBAC
To configure the security settings in the Configure tab, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select Administrative and click Security settings.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
105
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 106 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.3 Security Settings
✧
Configure the respective parameters according to the following table:
Table 6-8
Settings for the Security Parameter
106
Default Setting
Setting Ranges
Maximum consecutive attempts
5
5 times to 12 times
Consecutive password attempt time period
5
1 min to 10 min
Logon block timeout
30
30 min to 360 min
Session timeout
10
1 min to 1440 min (1 day) If the device restarts, you must log on again.
✧
After the parameterization, click Confirm.
✧
In the navigation window, select the Finish configuration menu and click Activation.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 107 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.4 Password Management
6.4
Password Management
6.4.1
Function Description To change the Web UI login password, the SICAM Q100 device provides the access to Password Management.
6.4.2
Configuration via the User Interface
Figure 6-10
Changing Passwords, Password Management
To change the password in the Configure tab, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select Administrative and click Password Management.
✧
Change the password according to the following table:
Table 6-9
Settings for the Password Management
Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Ranges
User name
Fixed, not configurable
The user name and roles depend on the settings Roles made by the account management.
Roles
Empty
8 to 24 characters Contains at least: • 1 capital letter (A to Z)
Current password New password Repeat new password
•
1 small letter (a to z)
•
1 digital number (0 to 9)
•
1 special character from the set: !, “, #, $, %, &, ‘, (, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, :, ;, , ?, @, [, \, ], ^, _, ‘, {, }, ~.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
107
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 108 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.4 Password Management
108
✧
Enter the new password.
✧
Click Confirm. The password is changed.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 109 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.5 TCP/UDP Ports Used
6.5
TCP/UDP Ports Used The following table contains an overview of the TCP/UDP ports used. Table 6-10
Overview
Communication Protocol
Server/ Client
TCP/ UDP
Port
Activated by Default
Description
HTTPS
Server
TCP
443
Yes
TLS connection to a Web browser for device configuration and value view
NTP
Client
UDP
123
No
Time synchronization
Modbus TCP
Server
TCP
502
Yes
Communication with a station controller using Modbus TCP and Modbus default TCP port
Modbus TCP
Server
TCP
10 000 to 65 535
No
Port number is configurable in the given range. Communication with a station controller using Modbus TCP and a user-defined TCP port
IEC 61850
Server
TCP
102
No
Communication with a station controller using IEC 61850
DHCP
Client
UDP
68
No
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
Syslog
Client
UDP
514
No
Syslog protocol
NOTE One port cannot be assigned to more than one function at the same time.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
109
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 110 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
6 Security 6.5 TCP/UDP Ports Used
110
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 111 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
7 Getting Started
7
Getting Started
7.1
Unpacking, Inspecting the Delivery, Installing, and Changing the Battery
112
7.2
Assembly
114
7.3
Electrical Connection
117
7.4
System Requirements
119
7.5
Access Rights
120
7.6
Meaning of the LEDs
121
7.7
Commissioning
122
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
111
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 112 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
7 Getting Started 7.1 Unpacking, Inspecting the Delivery, Installing, and Changing the Battery
7.1
Unpacking, Inspecting the Delivery, Installing, and Changing the Battery
Unpacking The SICAM Q100 has been safely packed for transport in the factory. Unpack the device with care and do not use force. Use an appropriate tool if necessary. After unpacking, inspect the device visually for any mechanical defects.
NOTE If the device has been damaged during transport, do not connect and operate it.
Observe any additional notes enclosed with the packaging. Keep the transport packaging for future transport. Inspecting the Delivery After unpacking, first compare the packing list against your original purchase order to check that the delivered device has the desired rated data and functions and that all necessary and ordered accessories are enclosed. Installing the Battery If you want to operate the device immediately after the delivery, first insert the battery before beginning the installation. Upon delivery the battery is insulated in the battery compartment of the device. If you want to operate the device later, insert the battery only just before you intend to use the device.
NOTE The battery powers the battery-buffered memory (SRAM) and the real-time clock (RTC). But the device can still be operated when no battery is inserted or when the battery is discharged. If, however, the supply voltage is lost, all metered energy values and error reports are deleted and the real-time clock is reset (2000-01-01 00:00). Customer-specific parameters are permanently stored in the Flash-EPROM even without a battery. To insert the battery, observe the notes in the supplied Product Information and proceed as follows: ✧
Lever the cover of the battery compartment out of the socket with a suitable tool (for example precision engineer screwdriver 2.0 mm). Cover of battery compartment
Figure 7-1
112
Polarity of the battery
Top side of the SICAM Q100
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 113 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
7 Getting Started 7.1 Unpacking, Inspecting the Delivery, Installing, and Changing the Battery
✧
Take the wrapped battery out of the battery compartment.
✧
Remove the plastic foil from the battery.
✧
Insert the battery into the battery compartment with the polarity imprinted on the top side of the device (see Figure 7-1).
✧
Close the cover of the battery compartment.
Replacing a Used Battery
WARNING Warning of incorrect treatment of the lithium battery (type PANASONIC CR2032 or VARTA 6032 101 501) or the use of an incorrect battery type. In the case of incorrect treatment or the wrong battery type, the battery may burn, explode or trigger a chemical reaction. See product information for type of battery to be used. Non-observance may lead to death or serious injury. •
Installing the battery or replacing it may only be carried out by trained personnel (see Preface) who are familiar with and observe the safety requirements and precautions.
•
Do not reverse the polarity of the battery.
•
Do not short-circuit the contacts. Use non-conducting tools for removing and installing the battery.
•
Do not attempt to open the battery.
•
The battery used in this device may present a fire or chemical burn hazard if mistreated. Do not recharge, disassemble, heat above 100 °C (212 °F) or incinerate.
•
Dispose of used battery promptly. Keep away from children.
Replace the batteries if the battery charge is too low (avoid full discharge). In this case the "Battery Failure" operation indication is generated. This message can also be parameterized on one of the three LEDs H1/H2/ ERROR or switched to one of the binary outputs (see chapter 9.3.3.1.3). When the "Battery Failure" indication is displayed, replace the battery as follows: ✧
Lever the cover of the battery compartment out of the socket with a suitable tool (e.g. precision engineer screwdriver 2.0 mm).
✧
Use an appropriate non-conducting tool (for example plastic tweezers) to pull the battery out of the compartment.
✧
Remove the new battery type PANASONIC CR2032 or VARTA 6032 101 501 from the packaging (check the expiry date on the packaging)
✧
Insert the battery carefully into the battery compartment with the polarity indicated above the battery compartment.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
113
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 114 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
7 Getting Started 7.2 Assembly
✧
Press the cover of the battery compartment back into the housing and make sure it is in the correct position.
NOTE on Battery Disposal The battery used in this device contains lithium. It may only be replaced by qualified personnel and disposed of by authorized recycling companies. Do not dispose of the battery in the regular household waste. The national and international regulations must be observed when disposing of the battery.
Information on battery life can be found in chapter 14.1.5.
7.2
Assembly
7.2.1
General Assembly Notes SICAM Q100 is designed for panel flush mounting.
WARNING Do not touch any live parts. Non-observance may lead to death or serious injury.
114
✧
After installation of the device and wiring, close the control cabinet.
•
The installation site must be vibration-proof. The permitted ambient temperature must be observed (see the technical data in chapter 14).
•
Operating the device outside the permitted operating temperature range can lead to measuring errors and device failure.
•
The terminals are designed for wire cross-sections of 2.5 mm² max.
•
The device must not be exposed to condensation during operation.
•
Install the device in a location where it is not exposed to direct sunlight and strong temperature variations.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 115 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
7 Getting Started 7.2 Assembly
7.2.2
Environmental Protection Hints
Disposal of Old Equipment and Batteries (Applicable only for European Union and Countries with a Recycling System) The disposal of our products and possible recycling of their components after decommissioning has to be carried out by an accredited recycling company, or the products/components must be taken to applicable collection points. Such disposal activities must comply with all local laws, guidelines and environmental specifications of the country in which the disposal is done. For the European Union the sustainable disposal of electronic scrap is defined in the respective regulation for "waste electrical and electronic equipment" (WEEE). The crossed-out wheelie bin on the products, packaging and/or accompanying documents means that used electrical and electronic products and batteries must not be mixed with normal household waste. According to national legislation, penalties may be charged for incorrect disposal of such waste.
By disposing of these products correctly you will help to save valuable resources and prevent any potential negative effects on human health and the environment.
NOTE Our products and batteries must not be disposed of as household waste. For disposing batteries it is necessary to observe the local national/international directives.
Disposal of Mobile Storage Devices (for example USB Sticks and Memory Cards) When disposing of/transferring mobile storage devices, using the format or delete functions only changes the file management information and does not completely delete the data from your mobile storage device. When disposing of or transferring a mobile storage device, Siemens strongly recommends physically destroying it or completely deleting data from the mobile storage device by using a commercially available computer data erasing software. REACH/RoHS Declaration You can find our current REACH/RoHS declarations at: https://www.siemens.com/global/en/home/products/energy/ecotransparency/ecotransparency-downloads.html
NOTE You can find more information about activities and programs to protect the climate at the EcoTransparency website: https://www.siemens.com/global/en/home/products/energy/ecotransparency.html
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
115
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 116 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
7 Getting Started 7.2 Assembly
7.2.3
Assembly To install the device into a switch panel, proceed as follows: ✧
Push the device in installation position into the cut-out of the switch panel and hold the device tight.
✧
Attach one of the supplied mounting elements each on both sides of the housing. Mounting plate Mounting element
1 mm (0.04 inch), steel
Figure 7-2
Stepwise Installation of the SICAM Q100 into a Switch Panel
✧
Swing the mounting element (provided with the device) over the rear cone.
✧
Move the mounting element to the position. Use a screw driver (0.6 mm x 4.5 mm) to fix the mounting elements until the slipping clutch takes effect.
NOTE The above mounting instructions must be performed correctly to provide sufficient protection against touching live parts.
UL-Certification Conditions Field Wires of Control Circuits shall be separated from other circuits with respect to the end-use requirements!
116
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 117 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
7 Getting Started 7.3 Electrical Connection
7.3
Electrical Connection
7.3.1
Safety Notes
DANGER Hazard due to high voltage Non-observance will lead to death or serious injury. Work may only be carried out by trained personnel (see Preface) who are familiar with and observe the safety requirements and precautions. ✧
Work may never be carried out if there is any hazardous voltage present.
✧
De-energize the device.
✧
Isolating device: Connect a suitable isolating device upstream to de-energize the device. The isolating device must be installed near the device, it must be easily accessible to the user and it must be marked as an isolating device for the device.
✧
Secure the supply voltage with an approved (UL/IEC) fuse: 1.6 A, type C.
✧
If a melting fuse is used, a suitable approved (UL/IEC) fuse holder has to be used.
NOTE For electrical installations you have to observe and comply with the national and international provisions concerning the installation of electric power installation and the low-voltage directive 2006/95/EG. ✧
Before commissioning the device, check that all connections are made properly.
✧
Connect the protective grounding terminal H control cabinet.
✧
The secondary connections of interconnected current transformers must be short-circuited at these before you disconnect the power supply leads to the device.
✧
Voltage measuring inputs: In the case of a direct connection and transformer connection, the device has to be safeguarded with a listed 10 A backup fuse or a listed 10 A miniature circuit breaker. When using voltage transformers, their secondary connections must never be short-circuited!
✧
Check the polarity and the phase assignment at the instrument transformers.
to the protective conductor of the switch panel or of the
Siemens recommends leaving the device for a minimum of 2 hours in the operating room, before using it to allow temperature equalization and to avoid dimness and condensation.
NOTE Before you switch on the supply voltage, verify that the operational data match the rated data on the label and the technical data according to chapter 14. This applies in particular to the supply voltage VH and to the maximum values of alternating current and alternating voltage.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
117
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 118 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
7 Getting Started 7.3 Electrical Connection
7.3.2
Electrical Connection of SICAM Q100
Terminal connection of the supply voltage
Figure 7-3
Terminal Connection of the Supply Voltage at the SICAM Q100
DANGER Hazard due to high voltage Non-observance will lead to death or serious injury. Work may only be carried out by trained personnel (see Preface) who are familiar with and observe the safety requirements and precautions. Work may never be carried out if there is any hazardous voltage present.
118
✧
De-energize the device.
✧
Isolating device: Connect a suitable isolating device upstream to de-energize the device. The isolating device must be installed near the device, it must be easily accessible to the user and it must be marked as an isolating device for the device.
✧
Secure the supply voltage with an approved (UL/IEC) fuse: 1.6 A, type C.
✧
If a melting fuse is used, a suitable approved (UL/IEC) fuse holder has to be used.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 119 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
7 Getting Started 7.4 System Requirements
Connect the cables of the supply voltage on the terminal side of the device at terminal block H as follows: Supply from the Alternating Voltage System Terminal N/-:
Neutral conductor of the supply voltage
Terminal L/+:
Phase of the supply voltage
Terminal
:
Protective grounding terminal
Supply from a Direct Voltage Source Terminal N/-:
Negative supply voltage
Terminal L/+:
Positive supply voltage
Terminal
:
Protective grounding terminal
NOTE Always connect the grounding at the SICAM Q100 to the terminal for the protective conductor (terminal block H).
Terminals Terminals for supply voltage (H), inputs for current measurement (E), inputs for voltage measurement (F), binary inputs (U) and binary outputs (G) on the terminal side: Conductor cross-section, rigid max.
2.5 mm² (AWG 14)
Conductor cross-section (conductor with ferrule)
1.5 mm² (AWG 16)
Conductor cross-section (conductor with ferrule, terminal F)
2.5 mm² (AWG 14)
Tightening torque
0.4 Nm to 0.5 Nm (3.5 in-lb to 4.5 in-lb)
RS485 interface (J) on the terminal side:
RS485 cable with 9-pole D-sub socket
Ethernet interface (Z) on the top side:
Ethernet patch cable or crossover cable
Voltage measuring inputs: In the case of a direct connection and transformer connection, the device has to be safeguarded with a listed 10 A backup fuse or a listed 10 A miniature circuit breaker. When using voltage transformers, their secondary connections must never be short-circuited!
7.4
System Requirements To operate SICAM Q100 with a PC or notebook, the following system requirements must be met: •
PC or notebook with Intel processor (or compatible type); clock frequency min. 800 MHz
•
Operating system: Microsoft Windows XP Professional, Windows 7, and Windows 10 with Internet Explorer 9.0 (or higher) or Firefox
•
Minimum 1 GB RAM primary storage
•
VGA display 1024 x 768 with truecolor
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
119
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 120 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
7 Getting Started 7.5 Access Rights
7.5
Access Rights
Access Rights for Configuration and Maintenance Access rights are determined by the role types configured in the chapter 6.2.2. If you are configured as a role of Administrator or User Account Manager, you will have the full access rights for configuration, maintenance, updates. Access Rights for Communication The access rights for the communication via Ethernet with Modbus TCP protocol are made for port 502 and for the user port. You can assign either full access rights or read-only authorization; chapter 9.3.7.2 describes the settings. You can also determine the access rights for serial communication using the Modbus RTU protocol. You can assign either full access rights or read-only authorization; chapter describes the settings. No access rights are required when serial communicating via the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol. Communication via Ethernet with IEC 61850 server protocol and serial communication with IEC 60870-5-103 protocol do not require any access rights.
120
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 121 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
7 Getting Started 7.6 Meaning of the LEDs
7.6
Meaning of the LEDs 7KG95xx automatically monitors the functions of its hardware and software components. The LEDs on the top side of the housing indicate the current device status. ERROR
RUN H1
H2
Link/Activity
Figure 7-4
Speed
Designation of the LEDs
NOTE LEDs are also located on the display side; their designations are RUN, ERROR, H1, and H2 and their functions are the same as the functions of the LEDs on the top of the housing. Depending on the status, the LEDs can be permanently on, flashing, or off. The states are described in chapter 12.3. The meaning of the LEDs during normal operation is explained in the following table: Table 7-1
Meaning of the LEDs
LED
Meaning
RUN
Device active
ERROR
Indicates an error according to parameterization
H1
According to parameterization
H2
According to parameterization
Link/Activity
LED on: Ethernet link is up LED flashing: Ethernet link is up and data are transferred LED off: no Ethernet partners connected
Speed
LED on: 100 Mbit/s LED off: 10 Mbit/s
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
121
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 122 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
7 Getting Started 7.7 Commissioning
7.7
Commissioning
7.7.1
Initial Commissioning
DANGER Hazard due to high voltage Non-observance will lead to death or serious injury. Work may only be carried out by trained personnel (see Preface) who are familiar with and observe the safety requirements and precautions. Work may never be carried out if there is any hazardous voltage present. ✧
De-energize the device.
✧
Isolating device: Connect a suitable isolating device upstream to de-energize the device. The isolating device must be installed near the device, it must be easily accessible to the user and it must be marked as an isolating device for the device.
✧
Secure the supply voltage with an approved (UL/IEC) fuse: 1.6 A, type C.
✧
If a melting fuse is used, a suitable approved (UL/IEC) fuse holder has to be used.
After you have inserted the battery, assembled the device and connected the supply voltage lines, you can start the device for the first time. Proceed as follows: ✧
Check that the operational data match the rated data on the label and the technical data of the device (see chapter 14). This applies in particular to the supply voltage and to the maximum values of alternating current and alternating voltage.
NOTE The wiring of the terminals described in the following depends on the type of measurement and analysis of the measuring result. You only have to wire terminals needed for this purpose
122
✧
On the terminal side of the device connect the measuring lines linked with the measuring objects at the terminal blocks E (current) and F (voltage); chapter 8 describes interfaces, connection principles, and examples of connection possibilities.
✧
On the terminal side of the device, connect the process connections required for the measurements.
✧
For example, connect a cable to the systems control on the terminal side of the device at terminal block J (for devices with RS485 interface).
✧
Connect the network cable to the PC at the RJ45 socket Z (Ethernet) on the top side of the housing or connect the Y cable if you want to use the Ethernet switch.
✧
Close the door of the control cabinet to prevent touching live parts.
✧
Switch on the connected peripheral devices (PC, measuring device or modules) for measurand analysis.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 123 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
7 Getting Started 7.7 Commissioning
✧
Switch on the supply voltage of the device.
NOTE The device does not have a power on/off switch. Switch the supply voltage on or off directly at the respective supply cable. After an operating time of approximately 15 minutes, the device will stay within the tolerances specified in the technical data.
7.7.2
✧
Switch the alternating voltages and alternating currents to be measured at the measuring object on the measuring lines.
✧
Carry out the measurements as described in chapter 9 or chapter 10.
Changes During Operation The device is designed for permanent operation. If you want to change the measurement setup, for example by connecting terminals so far unused, proceed analogously to the Initial Commissioning.
NOTE If you change the measurement setup, de-energize the supply voltage lines and all measuring lines before opening the control cabinet. Note the warnings in chapter 7.7.1.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
123
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 124 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
7 Getting Started 7.7 Commissioning
7.7.3
Starting the Device with the Default IP Address SICAM Q100 has the following internal default IP address: 192.168.0.55. If you have entered a custom IP address during device configuration, you can temporarily activate the internal default IP address of the device if necessary. Proceed as follows: ✧
Hold down the F4 softkey located in the right part of the display side of the device for at least 3 s.
Softkey F4
Default IP Address: 192.168.0.55 Default Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0
Figure 7-5
Location of the Softkey F4 for Activating the Default IP Address
When you press the softkey F4, SICAM Q100 will reset and use the default IP address until you have set a new IP address or switched the device off and on again.
NOTE Changing the IP address causes the device to reset and the LEDs signal (see chapter 12.3) that the device was started with the default IP address. In this case, the parameterized IP address and the default IP address are displayed on the Information tab, Device information menu item (see chapter 9.2.7).
124
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 125 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
8 Connection Principle
8
Connection Principle
8.1
Terminals
126
8.2
Communication Interfaces
128
8.3
Connection Types and Connection Examples
129
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
125
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 126 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
8 Connection Principle 8.1 Terminals
8.1
Terminals The terminals on the terminal side of the device are designed as terminal blocks:
Figure 8-1
Terminal Blocks on the Terminal Side of the SICAM Q100
SICAM Q100 has the following terminal blocks: Table 8-1
Terminal Blocks at SICAM Q100
Terminal Block
126
Description
E
4 inputs for alternating current measurement
F
4 inputs for alternating voltage measurement
G
2 binary outputs
H
Supply voltage
U
2 binary inputs
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 127 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
8 Connection Principle 8.1 Terminals
Functions of the Terminals at SICAM Q100 Table 8-2
Functions of the Terminals
Terminal
Assigned Function, Measured Value or Indication
Description
E: IAL1=>
Ia
Conductor a, input, current measurement
E: IAL1
Ib
Conductor b, input, current measurement
E: IBL2
Ic
Conductor c, input, current measurement
E: ICL3
N
Neutral conductor, input current measurement
E: IN Show device information (see Figure 9-8).
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
139
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 140 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface
NOTE When starting the device for the first time, a set of parameters with factory settings is loaded. You can modify these settings during the parameterization (see chapter 9.3). To set a different user language for the user interface, open the Administrative menu on the Configure tab, select the Device and language menu item and change the language as described in chapter 9.3.7.7.
NOTE If the user interface does not open or the opened user interface does not show an interface as given in Figure 8-3, the reason could be that JavaScript is missing or has not been activated. The operation of user interface requires JavaScript. You may have to activate JavaScript as described in the following chapter.
9.2.2
Enabling JavaScript The operation of the user interface requires JavaScript. Enable JavaScript as follows:
140
✧
Start the Web browser (for example Microsoft Internet Explorer).
✧
Select the Tools menu on the menu bar of the Web browser.
✧
Select Internet options.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 141 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface
✧
In the Internet options dialog, open the Security tab.
Figure 9-2
9.2.3
Enabling JavaScript
✧
In the window of the Security tab, select the Internet icon.
✧
On the Security tab, scroll to Medium-high by moving the scroll bar with your mouse. Alternatively, if there is no scroll bar, click Default Level and set the scroll bar that appears to Medium-high.
✧
Click Apply.
✧
Click OK.
Changing the Buffer Mechanism (only for Microsoft Internet Explorer) NOTE Only Microsoft Internet Explorer supports the SIGRAPlugin. Other Web browsers, for example Firefox, do not support the SIGRAPlugin. The operation of the user interface requires the SIGRA Plugin. Change the buffer mechanism as follows: ✧
Start Microsoft Internet Explorer.
✧
Select the Tools menu in the menu bar of Microsoft Internet Explorer.
✧
Select Internet options from the Tools menu.
✧
In the Internet options dialog, open the General tab.
✧
In the window of the General tab, select the Settings icon.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
141
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 142 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface
Figure 9-3
9.2.4
Changing the Buffer Mechanism
✧
In the Website Data Settings tab, click the Every time I visit the webpage icon.
✧
Click OK.
Changing the Security Setting (only for Microsoft Internet Explorer) NOTE With Microsoft Internet Explorer, version 10.0 or higher, the operation is mandatory if multiple file download is required in chapter 9.4.2.5. Change the security setting as follows:
142
✧
Start Microsoft Internet Explorer.
✧
Select the Tools menu in the menu bar of Microsoft Internet Explorer.
✧
Click Internet Options.
✧
Select the Security tab.
✧
Click Custom level.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 143 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface
Figure 9-4 ✧
Changing Security Setting
Navigate to Miscellaneous, then to Access data sources across domains. Select Enable.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
143
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 144 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface
Figure 9-5
Changing Security Setting - Trusted Sites Zone
✧
Navigate to ActiveX controls and plug-ins, then to Initialize and script ActiveX controls not marked as safe for scripting. Select Enable.
✧
Click OK.
NOTE If the Windows system is reinstalled, you must reconfigure the settings related to the Internet Explorer.
9.2.5
Number of Connections via HTML A maximum of 2 connections is possible via HTML.
9.2.6
Layout of the User Interface The user interface has the following layout:
144
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 145 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface
Microsoft Internet Explorer
Address bar Online help
Navigation window Figure 9-6
Tab
Menu bar
Element
Menu
Toolbar
Navigation bar
Input/output window
Status bar
Designations in the User Interface
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
145
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 146 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface
9.2.7
Starting the User Interface during Operation
Starting the User Interface To start the user interface, proceed as follows: ✧
Start the Web browser.
✧
Enter the IP address in Microsoft Internet Explorer (for example the default IP address: 192.168.0.55) of SICAM Q100 and press ENTER. The user interface opens with the Log on tab.
✧
Enter the User name and Password, and click Log on.
Figure 9-7
Log on via the User Interface
The user interface opens with the Information -> Show device information (Figure 9-8).
146
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 147 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface
Information Tab
Figure 9-8
Information Tab, Show Device Information Input/Output Window
You can click the logout icon (see red marking in the figure) to log out, and the logon page will appear.
NOTE Without user interactions the Web UI will be accessible for 10 minutes (default). You can configure this time-out.
Navigation Window of the Information Tab The navigation window of the Information tab contains the elements Show device information, Save device information and message logs and the Message Logs menu with the elements Operational log and Error log.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
147
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 148 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface
9.2.7.1 Show Device Information ✧
Click the Show device information item in the navigation window. The Show device information input/output window shows the following information (9-8):
Device information Information about the device and the installed software
Communication Information about the data transmission between device and periphery If you click the License information, you can see the OSS_Readme.
Device date and time Information about the time settings of the device
Parameter set Information about the active and passive set of parameters
9.2.7.2 Save Device Information and Message Logs ✧
Click the Save device information and logs item in the navigation window. The Save device information input/output window displays Save.
Figure 9-9 ✧
148
Information Tab, Save Device Information Input/Output Window
Click Save.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 149 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface
The File Download dialog opens.
Figure 9-10
File Download Dialog
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
149
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 150 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface
File Download -> Save ✧
Click Save. The Save As dialog opens.
Figure 9-11
Save As Dialog
✧
Select the file path in the Save in: list box.
✧
Use the file name suggested in the File name: list box or enter a new file name with the file extension .TXT.
✧
Click Save. The Download complete dialog opens.
✧
In the Download complete dialog, click Close.
File Download -> Open Alternatively, you can view the device information and logs on the screen and print them if needed. Proceed as follows: ✧
In the File download dialog (Figure 9-10), click Open. A text editor opens containing the device information (DEVICE INFORMATION), the operational indications (OPERATIONAL LOG) and the error messages (ERROR LOG) and file information.
✧ ✧
On the menu bar of the text editor, click File -> Print. Select the desired printer in the Print dialog and click Print. The list is printed on the connected printer.
150
✧
Close the text editor.
✧
Click an element on the navigation window or a tab, or alternatively, click the Back icon on the toolbar of Microsoft Internet Explorer twice.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 151 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface
9.2.7.3 Message Logs Menu The Message Logs menu contains operational indications and error messages registered and saved by the device during operation. The device can save up to 128 operational indications and up to 128 error messages. When the storage capacity is exceeded, the oldest indications will be overwritten successively. Operational Log To show the operational indications, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Message Logs menu and then the Operational log menu item. The operational indications are listed in the input/output window as follows:
Figure 9-12
Information Tab, Operational Log
Serial No. Date of registration Time of registration Information on the indication Value of the indication (On, Off or Invalid) Cause source of the indication (for example Internal, Browser)
NOTE The operational indications can be printed as described in chapter 9.2.7.2, section File Download Open. The chapter 9.5.4.1 explains how to delete the operational indications manually.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
151
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 152 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.2 Start and Design of the User Interface
Error Log
NOTE The information about error messages described below is intended for service purposes. Inform the customer service about this information when there are problems with your device. To display the error messages, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, click the Message Logs menu and then Error log. The error messages are listed in the input/output window as follows:
Figure 9-13
Information Tab, Error Log
Serial No. Date of registration Time of registration Relative time (referring to the start of operation, output in milliseconds) Task, Code and Location are service information for the manufacturer. Description of the error
NOTE The error messages can be printed as described in chapter 9.2.7.2, section File Download Open. The chapter 9.5.4.2 explains how to delete the error messages manually.
152
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 153 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3
Configuration of the Device NOTE The device contains two sets of parameters. The set of parameters currently used for device operations is the active set of parameters. The inactive set of parameters is called the passive set of parameters. The following sections describe how to change and enable the passive set of parameters.
9.3.1
Device Configuration Procedure If you have not changed the set of parameters since the first start of the device (see chapter 9.2.1), use the factory settings (see chapter 9.3.3 to chapter 9.3.7). To change the settings of the set of parameters, proceed as follows: ✧
Click the Configure tab on the user interface.
Figure 9-14 ✧
Configure Tab
Select the Prepare menu in the navigation window and then either Get device configuration or Open configuration from file.
NOTE If you have selected Get device configuration, an editable copy of the active parameter set of the device is displayed on the screen. In the meantime, the active parameter set in the device continues to operate. If you have selected Open configuration from file, you can open and enable or edit the copy of a parameter set that was already created and saved to a folder.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
153
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 154 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.1.1 Get Device Configuration If you have selected Get device configuration in the Configure tab, you can open and edit either the Get active configuration or the Get default configuration in the input/output window. Proceed as follows:
Figure 9-15
Configure Tab, Get Device Configuration
Get Active Configuration and Editing ✧
Click Get active configuration. A copy of the active set of parameters (= passive set of parameters) of the device is opened for editing.
154
✧
Check and, if necessary, change the set parameters by opening the desired menus in the navigation window:
✧
Operational parameters menu according to chapter 9.3.3
✧
HMI settings according to chapter 9.3.4
✧
Recording and reporting according to chapter 9.3.5.3
✧
Administrative menu according to chapter 9.3.7.
✧
Activate the modified configuration as described in chapter 9.3.1.3.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 155 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Get Default Configuration and Editing ✧
Click Get default configuration. A copy of the factory settings (= passive set of parameters) of the device is opened for editing.
NOTE You can edit the displayed factory settings, activate and use them as active set of parameters. The original factory settings are not overwritten and can be used at anytime. ✧
Activate the modified configuration as described in chapter 9.3.1.3.
9.3.1.2 Open Configuration from File If you have selected Open configuration from file in the Configure tab, you can open an already existing file in a folder. Proceed as follows:
Figure 9-16 ✧
Configure Tab, Open Configuration from File
Click Browse....
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
155
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 156 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
The Choose file dialog opens.
Figure 9-17
✧
Choose File
Select the desired file (extension .cfg) in the directory.
NOTE You can open only files with the following properties of the file name: •
Maximum 8 characters and extension (.cfg)
•
Only containing:
✧
Letters: a to z, A to Z Numbers: 0 to 9 Hyphen (-) and underline (_)
Click Open. The selected path is inserted into the Browse field in the input/output window, Figure 9-16.
✧
Click Open. The device configuration from the CFG file is loaded.
NOTE If you have activated the option in your web browser to transfer the local directory name together with the file name when uploading files, then the total number of characters in the directory and file names may not exceed 100 English characters. Otherwise, the .cfg file in your device will not be updated.
156
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 157 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.1.3 Finish Configuration When you have changed the configuration, you must either enable it as the active set of parameters or save it. Activating the Set of Parameters To activate the set of parameters, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Finish configuration menu and click Activation.
Figure 9-18 ✧
Configure Tab, Activation Input/Output Window
Click Activation. At first the message Parameter activation is still in progress will be shown and then the message Parameter activation is complete in the input/output window. The modified set of parameters is loaded as the active set of parameters into the device and the new parameters take effect immediately.
NOTE The active and passive set of parameters are listed in the Activation input/output window in the Set column for your information.
NOTE During the parameter activation, the device is working under special mode. If one kind of recorders happens in this duration, the integrity of the recorded data cannot be guaranteed.
Save Configuration to File You can save both the active and the passive configuration to a file. Proceed as follows:
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
157
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 158 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
✧
In the navigation window, select the Finish configuration menu and click Save Configuration to File.
Figure 9-19 ✧
Configure Tab, Save Configuration to File Input/Output Window
Click either Save active configuration or Save passive configuration. The File Download dialog opens.
Figure 9-20
File Download Dialog
File Download -> Save ✧
158
Click Save.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 159 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
The Save As dialog opens.
Figure 9-21
Save As Dialog
✧
Select the file path in the Save in: list box.
✧
Use the file name suggested in the File name: list box or enter a new file name with the file extension *.CFG.
NOTE The length of file names must not exceed 8 characters. Use only characters according to NOTE in chapter 9.3.1.2. ✧
Click Save. The Download complete dialog opens.
✧
In the Download complete dialog, click Close.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
159
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 160 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Cancel To cancel the configuration, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Finish configuration menu and click Cancel.
Figure 9-22 ✧
Configure Tab, Cancel Input/Output Window
Click Cancel in the input/output window.
NOTE After clicking Cancel, the active set of parameters is copied into the passive set of parameters. This action is the same as Get device configuration -> Get active configuration described in chapter 9.3.1.1. After you have clicked Cancel, the parameterization is released and can be run from a different computer if necessary.
160
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 161 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.2
Access to the Passive Set of Parameters by Multiple Users
Reading the Passive Set of Parameters The user interface allows the simultaneous read access of up to 2 users to the passive set of parameters. Editing the Passive Set of Parameters The passive set of parameters can only be edited from one user even though multiple users have simultaneous read access. Once a user changes a parameter on the user interface, the write access is denied for all other users. If the write access is blocked, modified in brackets will be displayed in the upper right corner of the user interface. The user making the changes will see modified without brackets.
Figure 9-23
Access Blocked
If a user makes a change, the server starts a 20-minute timer. If no further changes to the set of parameters are entered by the time the timer has counted down, write access is released again for all users. In this case, the modified data are discarded and the passive set of parameters is overwritten with the content of the active set of parameters. If new changes to the passive parameter set are made during the 20-minute countdown, the timer is restarted by each action. If the user has completed the changes to the passive set of parameters or finished the parameterization by clicking Cancel, write access for all users is also released.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
161
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 162 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.3
Setting the Operational Parameters In the Configure tab you can view and edit the set operational parameters. You can select the parameters in the Operational menu in the navigation window. The submenus Process connections, Select automation function, HMI, PQ Management and Administrative are available for making the settings. The submenus contain the following elements: •
Process connections
•
AC measurement Binary inputs Binary outputs LEDs
Select automation functions
Limits 1-8 Limits 9-16 Group indications 1-4
NOTE Observe the procedure for the device configuration described in chapter 9.3.1 when you set the operational parameters.
NOTE If you change the Network type during ongoing operation, check the settings, measured values, and limiting values for inconsistencies. Check also the ICD file which is suitable for the network type. If there are any invalid measured values and limiting values or a wrong ICD file, restart the device.
162
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 163 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.3.1 Process Connections 9.3.3.1.1
AC Measurement
Default Settings and Setting Ranges of Measured-Value Acquisition
NOTE Pay careful attention to the values you configure to ensure that they do not contradict each other. Table 9-2Settings for Measured-Value Acquisition Parameter Rated frequency
Default Setting 50 Hz
Network type 1)
Power quality values for
Four-wire, three-phase, unbalanced 2)
Calculate Voltage RMS values PN and PP 2) Nominal/Declared supply voltage 1)
Phase to neutral no AC 230.00 V
Setting Range Setting 50 Hz: 50 Hz ±7.5 Hz Setting 60 Hz: 60 Hz ±9 Hz Acc. to list box (see chapter 16) Phase to neutral Phase to phase no yes AC 57.73 V to 400 V (autorange)
IEC 61000-4-30 Class A: to AC 230 V: 200 % overvoltage
> AC 230 V to 400 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage
UL conditions:
Voltage transformer
no
Primary rated voltage Secondary rated voltage Current transformer
AC 10 000.00 V AC 100.00 V no
Primary rated current Secondary rated current Transformer ratio In3)
AC 1 000.00 A AC 1.00 A no
Primary rated current In Zero-point suppression 4) Voltage harmonic unit
AC 1 000.00 A 0.3 % (from Unom, Irated) %
Measurement aggregation 5)
-none-
1) 2) 3)
to AC 170 V: 200 % overvoltage > AC 170 V to 300 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage
no yes AC 100.00 V to 1 000 000.00 V AC 1.00 V to 460.00 V no yes AC 1.00 A to 100 000.00 A AC 1.0 A to 10.0 A no yes AC 1.0 A to 100 000.0 A 0.0 % to 10.0 % % V -none150/180-cycle interval
In the case of contradictory parameter settings, Primary nominal voltage is indicated as faulty (red) and Network type as not adjustable (gray). Moreover, the Send button is disabled. Power quality values for and Calculate Voltage RMS values PN and PP are available only if the following Network type is selected: Four-wire, three-phase, unbalanced. Transformer ratio In is available only if the following Network type is selected: Four-wire, three-phase, unbalanced.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
163
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 164 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device 4) 5)
Voltage and current values smaller than/equal to the setting referred to 100 % are not included in the calculation and display. You can select none/150-cycle interval on 50 Hz or none/180-cycle interval on 60 Hz. If none is selected, the value will be updated every 10/12 cycles If 150-cycle interval or 180-cycle interval is selected, the value will be updated every 3 s.
Parameterization of the Measured-Value Acquisition To change the parameters of the measured-value acquisition, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Operational parameters menu, then the Process connections submenu and click AC measurement.
Figure 9-24
Configure Tab, AC Measurement Input/Output Window
✧
Enter the desired values in the fields and select the parameters in the list boxes and option fields as described in Table 9-2.
✧
If you are not using a voltage transformer and/or current transformer between the measurement object and SICAM Q100, click no in the respective option field. The associated fields for primary and secondary values are hidden in this case.
Aggregation Time (User interface: Average interval) It is also necessary to set or to change the aggregation time, see chapter 9.3.6.3 (Table 9-16, Average interval). For example, if you want to determine the prevailing phase angles and the prevailing ratio, change the aggregation time (Average interval).
NOTE The aggregation time defines the time for the update of the prevailing phase angle. If you change the aggregation time, the time is also changed for other measurements.
164
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 165 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
NOTE If Ethernet communication with Bus protocol IEC 61850 is active (see Chapter 9.3.7.2) and you change Network type, the device will restart. ✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
165
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 166 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.3.1.2
Binary Inputs U1/U2 and U3/U2
Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Binary Inputs U1/U2 and U3/U2
Table 9-3
Settings for Binary Inputs U1/U2 and U3/U2 Parameter
Default Settings
Setting Range
Threshold voltage Threshold voltage (one setting for both binary inputs)
19 V
19 V 88 V 176 V
Binary inputs Terminals U1/2 Routed as: 1)
Status information
Status information Load profile source Tariff source
Software filter time (only settable if Routed as: Status information has been set)
1 (* 2 ms)
2 ms to 120 000 ms (settable in 2-ms increments)
Source inverted
no
no yes
Add entry to operational log (only settable if Routed as: Status information has been set)
yes
no yes
Binary input indication
Binary Input 1
Any Max. 31 characters 2)
Routed as: 1)
Status information
Status information Load profile source Tariff source
Software filter time (only settable if Routed as: Status information has been set)
1 (* 2 ms)
2 ms to 120 000 ms (settable in 2-ms increments)
Source inverted
no
no yes
Add entry to operational log (only settable if Routed as: Status information has been set)
yes
no yes
Binary input indication
Binary Input 2
Any Max. 31 characters 2)
Terminals U3/2
166
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 167 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device 1)
see following note:
NOTE The parameter cannot be changed in this field. In the Configuration tab, menu Energy management, the Load profile source or Tariff source is selected. If you did not select a source, Status information is automatically selected. 2)
31 bytes of UTF-8
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
167
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 168 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Parameterizing the Binary Inputs U1/U2 and U3/U2 If you want to change the parameters for the binary inputs, please proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Operational parameters menu, then the Process connection submenu, and click the element Binary inputs.
Figure 9-25
Configure Tab, Binary Inputs Input/Output Window
✧
Change the Parameters and the Binary input indication according to Table 9-3.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
168
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 169 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.3.1.3
Binary Outputs G1/G2 and G3/G2
Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Binary Outputs G1/G2 and G3/G2
Table 9-4
Settings of Binary Outputs G1/G2 and G3/G2 Parameter
Source type
Default Setting
Setting Range
Indication
Indication Energy counter
-none-
Acc. to list box
Source Type Indication Indication
(see chapter 16) Source inverted
no
no yes
Operating mode
Persistent
Persistent Persistent with fail safe Pulse Pulse with retrigger
Output time for pulse operating mode (setting only possible if operating modes Pulse and Pulse with retrigger)
20 (* 10 ms)
50 ms to 3 600 000 ms
-none-
Acc. to list box
Source Type Energy Counter Energy counter
(see chapter 16) Energy increase per pulse
1.0 Wh
0.1 Wh/VAh/varh to 1 000 000 Wh/VAh/ varh
Output time for pulse operating mode
20 (* 10 ms)
50 ms to 3 600 000 ms
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
169
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 170 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Parameterization of the Binary Outputs G1/G2 and G3/G2 To change the outputs of a binary output, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Operational parameters menu, then the Process connections submenu and click Binary outputs.
Figure 9-26
Configure Tab, Binary Outputs Input/Output Window
NOTE The parameterization of both binary outputs is identical. Figure 9-26 depicts binary output Terminal G1/G2 as output for indications and binary output Terminal G3/G2 as energy counter. You can only set either an indication or an energy counter for a binary output.
170
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 171 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Parameterizing an Indication ✧
Select the desired parameters for an indication in the list boxes and option fields (see Figure 9-26, example terminal G1/G2) as described in Table 9-4.
NOTE If you select -not assigned- as the source of an indication and/or energy counter, the corresponding binary output is inactive. ✧
You can select the following output types in the Operating mode list box:
Persistent: The binary output has the status ON or OFF. If the indication becomes invalid, the binary output continues to maintain its current status. Indication Indication
ON
invalid
OFF
invalid
Output Binary output not inverted
ON
Binary output inverted
ON
OFF
Output
OFF
Figure 9-27 Persistent
Persistent with fail save: If the indication becomes invalid, the binary output switches into the OFF state, that is if Source inverted = no, or it switches into the ON state if Source inverted = yes. Indication Indication
ON
invalid
OFF
invalid
Output Binary output not inverted
ON
Binary output inverted
ON
OFF
OFF
Output
Figure 9-28 Persistent with Fail Save
Pulse without retrigger: This indication is output as pulse. If the indication changes again while the output pulse is ON, the pulse output time is not restarted. This means that a change of the indication during the pulse output will be ignored. Indication
Indication
Indication
ON
Indication
OFF
Output
Output
Output
ON
Binary output with Source inverted = no
OFF Output time
Output Binary output with Source inverted = yes
Output
Output
ON OFF Output time
Figure 9-29 Pulse without Retrigger SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
171
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 172 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Pulse with retrigger: This indication is output as pulse. The output pulse is retriggered if the indication is changed during the pulse output. This means that the pulse output is extended. Indication Indication
Indication
Output with retrigger
Output
ON OFF Output time
Extended output time
Output Binary output with Source inverted = yes
Indication
OFF
Output Binary output with Source inverted = no
Indication
ON
Output with retrigger
Output
ON OFF Output time
Extended output time
Figure 9-30 Pulse with Retrigger ✧
If you have selected one of the two Pulse types in the Operating mode list box, enter an output time x (in x *10 ms) into the Output time for pulse operating mode field.
Behavior when Activating the Set of Parameters after the Set of Parameters was Changed
Persistent The binary output is set to the new status (ON or OFF) as defined by the current indication.
Pulse If the binary output is ON in pulse mode while activating the parameter set, the binary output is immediately switched to OFF after the parameter set has been activated. This happens even if the parameterized Output time for pulse operating mode has not yet elapsed.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
Parameterizing an Energy Counter (see Figure 9-26, for example terminal G1/G2) ✧
Enter the desired values into the fields and select the parameter in the list box as described in Table 9-4.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
172
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 173 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.3.1.4
LEDs
Default Settings and Setting Options of the LEDs Table 9-5LED Settings LED
Default Setting
Setting Options
RUN
Device ready
Not settable
H1
-none-
Acc. to list box
H2
(see chapter 16)
ERROR
-none-
Errors are signaled as parameterized (only error indications can be parameterized). Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)
Indication inverted
no
no yes
Parameterization of the LEDs To change the outputs of the LEDs H1, H2, and ERROR, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Operational parameters menu, then the Process connections submenu and click LEDs.
Figure 9-31
Configure Tab, LEDs Input/Output Window
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
173
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 174 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
✧
Select the desired parameters in the list boxes and option fields as described in Table 9-5.
NOTE Select Indication -none- to disable the corresponding LED. ✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
Behavior of the LEDs Indication Indication
H L
LED
ON OFF
Figure 9-32
174
invalid
invalid
flash
flash
Behavior of the LEDs
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 175 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.3.2 Automation Functions
9.3.3.2.1
Limit Settings In the Select automation functions menu you can set upper or lower limits for up to 16 measured values. Limit violations of the upper or lower value range can be output as indications. Limiting value violations can be signaled at the device via the 2 binary outputs and the LEDs H1 and H2. Furthermore, all 16 limit violations can be sent to peripheral devices via the communication interfaces. The programmable limits are divided into two groups Limits 1-8 and Limits 9-16. The parameterization is identical for all limits.
Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Limits
Table 9-6
Limit Settings Parameter
Measurement
Default Setting -none-
Setting Range Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)
Limit
0.0
-1 000 000 000 to 1 000 000 000 (unit)
Limit type
Lower
Lower Upper
Hysteresis (%)
1.0
0.0 to 10.0
Violation indication
Limit Violation x (x = 1 to 16)
Any Max. 31 characters 1)
1)
31 bytes of UTF-8
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
175
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 176 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Parameterizing a Limit To change, for example, limit 1, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Operational parameters menu, then the Select automation functions submenu and click Limits 1-8.
Figure 9-33 ✧
Configure Tab, Limits 1-8 Input/Output Window (Detail)
Enter the desired values in the fields and select the parameters in the list boxes and option fields as described in Table 9-6.
Hysteresis of the Limit Value Violation 100 % Limit Max
Permissible range
Hysteresis range
Limit Min 0% t Start
Figure 9-34
End
Start
End
Hysteresis (General Representation)
NOTE Select Measurement -none- to disable the corresponding limit indication.
176
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 177 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
NOTE Which quantities are offered in the Measurement list box depends on the configured network type. The Network type is specified in the Process connections submenu, AC measurement input/output window, see chapter 9.3.3.1.1. ✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
9.3.3.2.2
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
Group Indications In the Select automation functions menu, up to 4 Group indications can be parameterized and each of them can be assigned up to 4 logically linked single-point indications. The single-point indications can be inverted.
Default Settings and Setting of the Group Indications Table 9-7
Group Indications Parameter
Source
Default Setting -none-
Setting Range Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)
Source inverted
no
no yes
Logic operation
NONE
NONE OR AND
Group indication name
Group Indication x (x = 1 to 4)
Any Max. 31 characters 1)
1)
31 bytes of UTF-8
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
177
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 178 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Rule for Linking Indications to a Group Indication In a group indication, up to 4 indications can sequentially be linked logically. The indications 1 to 4 are always linked successively as follows: Indication 1 with Indication 2 = Indication 1/2 Indication 1/2 with Indication 3 = Indication 1/2/3 Indication 1/2/3 with Indication 4 = Group indication
AND
INV
OR
AND
Figure 9-35
Group Indication 1
Example: Linking 4 Indications to a Group Indication
INV AND
Figure 9-36
178
Group Indication 1
Example: Linking 2 Indications to a Group Indication
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 179 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Parameterizing a Group Indication To change, for example, group indication 1, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Operational parameters menu, then the Select automation functions submenu and click Group indications 1-4.
Figure 9-37 ✧
Configure Tab, Group Indications Input/Output Window (Detail)
Select the desired parameters in the list boxes and option fields as described in Table 9-7.
NOTE Sources are assigned inside a group indication sequentially from source 1 to source 4. If you select -none- at the 1st source in a group indication, you cannot configure further sources in this group indication. In this case, the group indication is inactive. You can also integrate group indications into subordinated group indications, for example group indication 1 in group indication 3. ✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
179
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 180 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.4
HMI In the Configure tab, you can view and, if necessary, edit the display settings. You can select these parameters in the HMI menu in the navigation window. The menu contains the following elements: •
Display settings
•
User-defined screen
9.3.4.1 Display Settings Default Settings and Setting Ranges
Table 9-8
Display Settings Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Contrast
8
0 to 10
Time until dimmed
10
1 min to 99 min
Refresh time
1 000
330 ms to 3 000 ms
Inverse display
no
no yes
Phase label
(L1,L2,L3)
(L1,L2,L3) (a,b,c)
Parameterizing the Display Settings To change the properties of the display, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the HMI menu and click LCD Property.
Figure 9-38
Configure Tab, Display Settings Input/Output Window
✧
Enter the desired values into the fields and select the corresponding parameters in the option fields as described in Table 9-8.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
180
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 181 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
181
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 182 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.4.2 User-Defined Screens In the User-defined screen menu you can parameterize up to 4 different User screens. Each Screen type allows you to select whether to display the measured values numerically (2 or 4 measured values) or graphically and numerically (2 or 3 measured values). To select which of the 4 screens are presently displayed on the device, you must use the device softkeys and the HTML page. Default Settings and Setting Ranges
Table 9-9
Settings of User Screens Parameter
Setting Range
Screen type
-none- 1)
-none2 measured values, numerical 4 measured values, numerical 2 measured values, graphical + numerical 3 measured values, graphical + numerical
Screen name
USER_SCREEN_x (x = 1 to 4)
Max. 18 characters Only English and German letters, numbers, and special characters are permitted.
2 measured values, numerical Display 1, numerical Display 2, numerical
-none-
Acc. to list box
4 measured values, numerical Display 1, numerical Display 2, numerical Display 3, numerical Display 4, numerical
-none-
2 measured values, graphical and numerical Display 1, graph./num. Display 2, graph./num.
-none-
3 measured values, graphical and numerical Display 1, graph./num. Display 2, graph./num. Display 3, graph./num.
-none-
Display x, graph./num. (x = 1 to 3) Min value Max value
1)
182
Default Setting
(see chapter 16) Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)
Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)
Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)
0.0 10.0 (unit according to measured value)
The minimum value and maximum value are defined by the selected parameters (see chapter 9.3.3.1.1).
If you have not made any selection, the displays explained in the following do not exist.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 183 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Parameterizing the User-Defined Screens To change the User define screens, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the HMI menu and click User Define Screen.
Figure 9-39
Configure Tab, User Define Screen Input/Output Window
✧
Select the respective parameters in the list boxes according to Table 9-9.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
183
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 184 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.5
Energy Management
9.3.5.1 Load Profile Default Settings and Setting Ranges
Table 9-10
Load Profile
Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Subperiode time
15 minutes
1 min to 6 min in 1-min steps, 10 min, 12 min, 15 min, 20 min, 30 min, 60 min
Number of subperiods1)
1
1 to 5
Synchronization source
Internal clock
None Protocol Binary input 1 Binary input 2 Internal clock
Kind of used reactive power
Q1
Q12) Qn Qtot
1)
Number = 1: Fixed Block method: The lengths of the subperiod and of the measuring period are identical. Number = 2 to 5: Rolling Block method Length of the subperiod: The length of the subperiod is an integer part of a full hour. Length of measuring period: The length of the measuring period cannot be configured directly. It is defined as the product of the length of the subperiod and the number of subperiods: Length of measuring period = n x length of subperiod; n = number of subperiods
2)
Under 3-wire Network (Delta), the selection of Q1 should not be used.
Parameterizing the Load Profile To change the Load profile settings, proceed as follows:
184
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 185 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
✧
In the navigation window of the Energy management menu click Load profile.
Figure 9-40
Configure Tab, Load Profile Input/Output Window
NOTE Changing the number and length of the subperiods deletes the load-profile buffer.
NOTE If a binary input is used as synchronization source its properties must be configured (see chapter 9.3.3.1.2 Configure -> Operational parameters -> Process connections -> Binary inputs). ✧
Select the respective parameters in the list boxes according to Table 9-10.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
185
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 186 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.5.2 Tariffs (TOU) Default Settings and Setting Ranges Table 9-11Tariffs (TOU) Parameter Synchronization source
Default Setting Protocol
Setting Range Protocol1) Binary input 12) Binary input 22) Calendar
The following parameters are available only when Synchronization source is set to Calendar. Season 1 Start
01-01
01-01 to 12-31
Season 1 End
06-30
01-01 to 12-31
Season 2 Start
07-01
Not settable The rest days of the full year
Season 2 End
12-31
Weekend Setting
Thursday and Friday
Sunday to Saturday, max. 2 days
Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 1 Start
00:00
00:00 to 23:45
Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 1 End
24:00
00:15 to 24:00
Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 2 Start
00:00
00:15 to 23:45
Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 2 End
24:00
00:30 to 24:00
Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 1 Active
No 3)
Yes No
Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 2 Active
No
Yes No
Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Workday/ Weekend Selection
Every Day
Every Day Workday Weekend
Coverage Check
Pass Fail (with gap) Fail (with overlap)
1)
In this case, the protocol Modbus TCP can control tariff 1 to tariff 8. Refer to the System Manual SICAM Q100, chapter 2.2.7.18 Register 0154: Tariffs (read and write), order number E50417-C1040-C522.
186
2)
This synchronization source can only control tariff 1 or tariff 2.
3)
The default settings of Tariff 1 Period 1 Active for 2 seasons are checked.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 187 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Parameterizing the Tariffs To change the tariff setting, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window of the Energy management menu click Tariffs (TOU).
Figure 9-41
Configure Tab, Tariffs (TOU) Input/Output Window
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
187
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 188 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
✧
Select the parameter in the list box according to Table 9-11. When Synchronization source is set to Calendar:
If the coverage check passes, all the coverage check bars show in green, see Figure 9-42. If the coverage check fails, the coverage check bars show in other colors, see Figure 9-43. The button Send is disabled. You must reconfigure the parameters.
Figure 9-42
188
Configure Tab, Synchronization Source: Calendar
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 189 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Figure 9-43
✧
Configure Tab, Synchronization Source: Calendar, Fail with Gap or Overlap
After the parameterization click Send. The parameter is transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive parameter set).
✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
NOTE If you change the setting value of the parameter Synchronization source from Protocol to Binary input, you must reselect the tariff. Otherwise, the value will be cumulated in the previous tariff.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
189
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 190 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.5.3 Energy Upper Limit Default Settings and Setting Ranges
Table 9-12
Energy Upper Limit
Parameter Energy Upper Limit
Default Setting Energy Counter
Setting Range Energy Counter Energy Value
You can select the energy counter or the energy value as the energy upper limit in Configure -> Energy management -> Energy Upper Limit.
Figure 9-44
190
Configure Tab, Energy Upper Limit
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 191 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.5.4 Energy Freeze and Record Default Settings and Setting Ranges
Table 9-13
Energy Freeze and Record
Parameter Interval
Default Setting 10 minutes
Setting Range 10 minutes 15 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes
The SICAM Q100 device supports the freeze energy counter via IEC 61850. You can set the Interval in Configure -> Energy management -> Energy freeze and record to define the interval of freezing period.
Figure 9-45
Configure Tab, Energy Freeze and Record
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
191
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 192 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.6
Recording and Reporting In the Configure tab, you can view and, if necessary, edit the settings for recording and reports. You can select these parameters in the Recording and reporting menu in the navigation window. The menu contains the following elements: •
Event recorder
•
Trigger management
•
Recorder parameters
•
Mains signaling voltage
•
Memory management
•
Report configuration
•
Recording parameters
•
Transient detection
9.3.6.1 Event Recorder Default Settings and Setting Ranges
Table 9-14
Event Recorder Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Voltage event Swell threshold
110 %
105 % to 140 % in 5-% steps
Dip threshold
90 %
75 % to 95 % in 5-% steps
Interruption threshold
5%
1 %, 2 %, 3 %, 5 %, 8 % 10 %
Hysteresis
2%
1 % to 6 % in 1-% steps
Event detection mode1)
ph-N
ph-N ph-ph RVC event
RVC threshold
6%
1 % to 6 % in 1-% steps
RVC hysteresis 2)
3%
0.5 % to 3 % in 0.5-% steps
RVC event detection mode 3)
ph-N
ph-N ph-ph Frequency event
Underfrequency threshold
192
1%
0.1 % to 1.0 % in 0.1-% steps and 1.0 % to 5.0 % in 1.0-%-steps
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 193 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Table 9-14
Event Recorder
Overfrequency threshold
1%
0.1 % to 1.0 % in 0.1-% steps and 1.0 % to 5.0 % in 1.0-%-steps Voltage-unbalance event
Voltage-unbalance threshold
5%
1 % to 5 % in 1-% steps
1)
Only for 3P4W(3 phases/4 wires) unbalanced network type, user can select ph-N or ph-ph option as the event trigger condition.
2)
According to IEC61000-4-30 Ed.3, RVC hysteresis is recommended to be half of the threshold.
3)
Event detection mode (RVC event) will always synchronize with the setting Event detection mode (Voltage event).
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
193
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 194 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Parameterizing the Event Recorder To change the Event Recorder, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Recording and Reporting menu and click Event Recorder.
Figure 9-46
Configure Tab, Event Recorders Input/Output Window
✧
Select the respective parameters in the list boxes according to Table 9-14.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
194
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 195 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.6.2 Trigger Management Default Settings and Setting Ranges
Table 9-15
Trigger Management
Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Voltage trigger limits Trigger active
no
no yes
Tolerance unit
Percentage
Percentage Numerical
Lower threshold
90.00 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage
0.00 % to 99.99 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage 0.0 V to 1 000 000.0 V
Upper threshold
110.00 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage
100.0 % to 10 000.0 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage 0.0 V to 1 000 000.0 V
Hysteresis
2.00 % of the nominal/ declared supply voltage
0.0 % to 50.0 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage
Detection mode 1)
ph-N
ph-N ph-ph Current trigger limits
Trigger active
no
no yes
Tolerance unit
Percentage
Percentage Numerical
Lower threshold
90.00 % of nominal current In
0.00 % to 99.99 % of of nominal current In 0.0 A to 1 000 000.0 A
Upper threshold
110.00 % of nominal current In
100.0 % to 10 000.0 % of of nominal current In 0.0 A to 1 000 000 A
Hysteresis
2.00 % of nominal current In
0.0 % to 50.0 % of of nominal current In
Configuration binary trigger Trigger active
no
no yes
Trigger source
Binary Input 1
Indication 1 from Remote Indication 2 from Remote Binary Input 1 Binary Input 2
Trigger value
OFF
ON OFF Waveform capture setting
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
195
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 196 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Table 9-15
Trigger Management
Total recording duration
2.0 s
0.2 s to 3.0 s in 0.2-s steps
Pretrigger ratio
10 %
0 % to 30 % in 5-% steps
Record ph-ph voltage
no
no yes
1)
The Detection mode will always synchronize with the setting of Record ph-ph voltage under Waveform capture setting.
Parameterizing the Trigger Management To change the trigger management settings, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Recording and Reporting menu and click Trigger management.
Figure 9-47
Configure Tab, Trigger Management Input/Output Window
✧
Select the respective parameters in the list boxes according to Table 9-15.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
196
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 197 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.6.3 Recorder Parameter Default Settings and Setting Ranges Table 9-16Recorder Parameter Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Measurement Recorder PQ data Parameter Average intervals - Frequency
10 s
fixed
Short-term flicker
10 min
fixed
Long-term flicker
2h
fixed
Average interval - Voltage, Unbalance and Harmonics
10 min
30 s, 1 min, 10 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 h, 2 h
Record additional data (I, P, Q, S etc.)
no
no yes
Recorder of average - Min
no
no yes
Recorder of average - Max
no
no yes
Harmonics parity
Odd
Even Odd All
File generation every: 1)
24 h
At average interval
File generation every:
30 s
1 h (fix)
1 min
2 h (fix)
10 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 h or 2h
2h
(corresponds to the setting of the Average interval parameter) The created PQDIF files can be downloaded via the user interface or with the IEC 61850 protocol.
4h 6h 12 h 24 h
Recorded file type
PQDIF
PQDIF (see chapter 9.4.2.5) CSV All
Flicker lamp model
230 V
230 V 120 V
10 minutes
Not configurable The same as the value of Interval set in Configure -> Energy management -> Energy freeze and reset.
Energy value Parameter Energy value recorder
Trend Recorder
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
197
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 198 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Table 9-16Recorder Parameter Tolerance unit
Percentage
Percentage Numerical
Tolerance number
Percentage: 3 % of primary nominal voltage, Numerical: 0.5 V
1 % to 5 % in 1-% steps
10 min
10 min, 30 min, 1 h, 2 h, 4 h, 6 h, 12 h, 24 h
Maximum recording interval
1)
0.2 V to 500.0 V
The interval of aggregated values of harmonics and interharmonics will always synchronize with the setting of Average interval in Measurement recorder.
Parameterizing the Recorder Parameters To change the Recorder management, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Recording and Reporting menu and click Recorder management.
Figure 9-48 ✧
Configure Tab, Recorder Management Input/Output Window
Select the desired parameters in the list boxes and option fields as described in Table 9-16.
NOTE The voltage is recorded in the following connection types: •
3P4W (3 phases/4 wires): phase-to-phase voltage or phase-to-ground voltage
•
3P3W (3 phases/3 wires): only phase-to-phase voltage
✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
198
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 199 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
199
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 200 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
The Measured Value Recorder Intervals and the PQDIF Files The measured values recorder intervals are defined according to the averaging intervals setting. This will define the availability of the PQDif files. Table 9-17 Set averaging interval
30 s
PQDIF File Interval (measured value recorder) Recording duration for creating a PQDIF file 1h
Time at start of recording of a complete PQDIF file
Start of recording (recorder start option)
00:00 h
- start at the next minute limit
01:00 h
- start at the next 10-minute limit
02.00 h
- immediate start
....
- start at the next hour limit
22:00 h
- start next day
23:00 h 1 min
2h
00:00 h 02:00 h 04.00 h .... 20:00 h 22:00 h
10 min
2 h, 4 h, 6 h, 12 h, 24 h
15 min 30 min 1h 2h
200
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 201 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
A new file is created after a PQDIF file has been completely recorded.
11:00
11:10
12:00
Time
12:00
Time
1) 11:10 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. : 1st PQDIF file 2) 12:00 p.m. to 01:00 p.m. : 2nd PQDIF file …
The device shut down
11:00
11:10
11:15
The device turn on again
11:30
1) 11:10 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. : 1st PQDIF file 2) 12:00 p.m. to 01:00 p.m. : 2nd PQDIF file … The device shut down
11:00
11:10
11:40
The device turn on again
12:00
12:10
Time
1) 11:10 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. : 1st PQDIF file 2) 12:00 p.m. to 01:00 p.m. : 2nd PQDIF file …
Data (recording status) Figure 9-49
Creating PQDIF Files of the Measured Value Recorder
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
201
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 202 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Recording with the Trend Recorder The recording of data points (voltage values with a time stamp) that have exceeded/fallen below the parameterized tolerance value (fault) and the associated creation of a PQDIF file is determined by 2 trigger criteria: •
Creation of a PQDIF file after the parameterized Maximum recording interval (for example, 24 h) has been reached if within this interval no 1024 data points have been generated yet.
•
Creating a PQDIF file without considering the parameterized Maximum recording interval, if the voltage has exceeded/fallen below the tolerance range 1024 times and therefore 1024 data points have been generated. Start time
Clock time
0:00
04:00
PQDIF file recording
Figure 9-50
12:00
06:50
Recording time
Data points
08:00
0
14:15
1024 / 0 Recording all 1024 data points
16:00
1024 / 0 Recording all 1024 data points
20:00
24:00
18:45
1024 / 0
Recording all 1024 data points
120 / 0 Recording 120 data points
Trend Recorder, Function When the 24 h Interval Is Set
NOTE A data point is created when the voltage exceeds or falls below the parameterized tolerance value. The data point represents this voltage value in the PQDIF file.
202
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 203 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.6.4 Mains Signaling Voltage Default Settings and Setting Ranges
Table 9-18
Mains Signaling Voltage
Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Mains signaling voltage measurement MSV active
no
no yes
No. of MSV frequencies
1 frequency
1 frequency 2 frequencies
Frequency 1
216.60 Hz
100 Hz to 3 kHz
Frequency 2
1060.00 Hz
100 Hz to 3 kHz
Mains signaling voltage capture setting Detection threshold
1 [% of Udin]
1 % to 15 % of Udin
Total recording duration
75 s
15 s to 120 s in 15-s steps
Pretrigger ratio
10 %
0 % to 30 % in 5-% steps
Changing the Mains Signaling Voltage Parameters To change the Mains signaling voltage, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Recording and Reporting menu and click Mains signaling voltage.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
203
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 204 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Figure 9-51
Configure Tab, Mains Signaling Voltage Input/Output Window
✧
Select the desired parameters in the list boxes and option fields as described in Table 9-18.
✧
After the parameterization, click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
204
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 205 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.6.5 Memory Management Default Settings and Setting Ranges
Table 9-19
Memory Management Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Memory splitting Event recorder
1.0 %
1 % to 19 % 1)
Measurement recorder
35.0 % (the recording time depends on the aggregation interval)
33 % to 51 % 1)
Trend recorder
47.0 % (residual storage capacity)
Min. 31 % 2) 3)
Fault recorder
3.0 % (number of records depends on the fault-record time)
3 % to 21 % 1)
Mains signaling voltage recorder
14 % (number of records depends on the record time of the mains signaling voltage)
14 % to 20 % 1)
1)
The memory sizes for event list, PQ records, fault records, and mains signaling voltage records can be changed.
2)
The memory size for continuous recording is calculated automatically and forms the difference to 100 % of the total memory size. The maximum total memory size of 100 % cannot be exceeded due to parameterization errors.
3)
If the residual memory capacity falls below 31 %, activation is no longer possible. In this case, the Action was not successful indication appears on the status bar.
Parameterizing the Memory Allocation
NOTE If the device has been recording data for a longer period, a modification of the memory areas can lead to the following indication: „Memory size should not be changed now. If you active changes, all PQ data will be lost. Please back up data before activation or cancel changes.” This indication is issued only if the stored data and the expected data would exceed the memory capacity of the SD card.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
205
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 206 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
To change the Memory management, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Recording and Reporting menu and click Memory management.
Figure 9-52
Configure Tab, Storage Input/Output Window
✧
Select the respective parameters in the list boxes according to Table 9-19 and enter the desired values in the associated fields.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
206
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 207 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.6.6 Report Configuration The Report configuration allows you to parameterize the PQ threshold parameters (User defined). You can adjust the process connections to the installation environment and enter different operational settings. Alternatively, you can use the default values according to EN 50160 LV&MV or EN 50160 HV. Default Settings and Setting Ranges Table 9-20
Report Configuration Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
General Information Company: Department: Supervisor: Inspector: Location: Comment:
-
Any text displayed in the printout of the power quality report
Power Quality Report Evaluation mode according to:
EN 50160 LV&MV
EN 50160 LV&MV EN 50160 HV User defined
Flagging acc. to IEC 61000-4-30
no
no yes
Power frequency 99.5 % of measurement should be in -1.0 % to 1.0 % deviation of the power frequency.
Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode
100 % of measurement should be in -6.0 % to 4.0 % deviation of the power frequency. Power supply voltage magnitude 95 % of measurement should be in -10.0 % to 10.0 % deviation of the nominal/declared supply voltage.
Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode
100 % of measurement should be in -15.0 % to 10.0 % deviation of the nominal/declared supply voltage. Flicker severity 95 % of measurement should be less than 1.0 Voltage unbalance 1) 95 % of measurement should be less than 2.0 %.
Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode
100 % of measurement should be less than 3.0 %. Subgroup Total Harmonic Distortion factor (THDS) 95 % of measurement should be less than 8.0 %.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
Any setting in % for userdefined evaluation mode
207
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 208 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Table 9-20
Report Configuration (cont.)
Voltage event interruptions
Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode
1. Short interruption until 1 second duration 2. Short interruption until 3 minute duration 3. Long interruption longer than 3 minute duration Harmonic voltages
Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode
Even harmonics Odd harmonics: multiples of 3 Odd harmonics: not multiples of 3 Mains signaling voltages 2)
Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode
Supply voltage should be in -15.0 % to +15.0 % deviation of the nominal/declared supply voltage 99.0 % of “YYY” Hz mains signaling voltage should be less than “xxx” % of the nominal/declared supply voltage 1)
According to EN 50160, up to 3 % unbalance can occur in 3-wire networks in areas with many 1-wire and 2-wire connections.
2)
The frequency “YYY” and limit “xxx” are based on the configured frequency.
NOTE The factory settings are based on EN 50160. If you have changed the settings, the set parameters are applied after a device restart. Resetting to the factory settings is possible.
208
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 209 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Changing the Report Configuration To change the report configuration, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window of the Recording and Reporting menu click Report configuration.
Figure 9-53
Configure Tab, Report Configuration Input/Output Window (Excerpt)
✧
Use the buttons to select the evaluation mode or enter the user-defined mode into the fields according to Table 9-20.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
NOTE The chapter 9.4.2.4 describes the output of the power quality report.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
209
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 210 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.6.7 Recording Parameters and Power Quality Data Default Settings and Setting Ranges Table 9-21Reporting Parameters Parameter Start record option
Default Setting Start next 10th minute
Setting Range Start next minute Start next 10th minute Start immediately Start next hour Start next day
Start time
-
Display of the start time according to the settings of the Date/time format, see chapter 9.3.7.7.
Recording status
-
Not settable Recorder status display started or recorder stopped
Changing the Recording Parameters To change the recording parameter settings, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window of the Recording and Reporting menu click Recorders - Start/Stop.
Figure 9-54
Configure Tab, Recording Parameters Input/Output Window
✧
Select the parameter in the list box according to Table 9-21.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
Depending on the parameterized Start record option, the Start time field shows the start time of the recording. After activation, the recording starts automatically at the specified time. If the Start immediately option is selected, the recording also only starts after activation. 210
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 211 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
After recording has started, the Recording status fields shows the entry Running. ✧
If you want to stop the recording, click on Stop recording and execute the activation. The Recording status field shows the entry Not running and Start recording is displayed on the user interface.
NOTE The restart of the record is carried out after a power failure automatically. The status will change from Not running to Running when user change and activate parameters.
Recording Power Quality Data When the device is started for the first time, it is necessary for the recording of power quality data that the Time synchronization of the device is set to the current time first. If the time is incorrect, the power quality measurements do not conform to the current time. Proceed as follows: ✧
Refresh the time via Ethernet NTP or Field bus in line with chapter 9.3.7.1 or with the device-internal clock in line with chapter 9.5.3.2.
✧
Configure all necessary parameters (for example, AC measurement, Communication) on the relevant tabs, except for the Recording parameters settings. When setting the parameters, make sure that the settings are consistent with each other (for example, setting of the flicker lamp model consistent with the primary nominal voltage).
✧
At last, parameterize the Recording parameters and activate the settings.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
211
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 212 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.6.8 Transient Detection Default Settings and Setting Ranges
Table 9-22
Transient Detection
Parameter
Default Setting
Transient reference level
110 %
Setting Range 110 % to 240 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage
Parameterizing the Transient Detection If you want to change the Transient reference level, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window of the Recording and Reporting menu, click the element Transient reference level.
Figure 9-55
Configure tab, transient reference level input/output window
✧
Change the parameter according to Table 9-22.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
212
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 213 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.7
Setting Administrative Parameters In the Configure tab you can view and if necessary edit the administrative settings. You can select the parameters in the Administrative menu in the navigation window. These parameters can be changed in the input/output windows: •
Time synchronization
•
Communication Ethernet
•
Communication serial
•
Modbus slave devices 1 to 8 (only if the Modbus RTU Master protocol has been selected)
•
SICAM subdevices
•
Device and language
•
Syslog
NOTE Observe the procedure for the device configuration described in chapter 9.3.1 when setting the administrative parameters.
9.3.7.1 Time Synchronization Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Time Synchronization Table 9-23
Time Synchronization Settings Parameter
Source time synchronization
Default Setting Internal
Setting Range Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)
Time zone offset to UTC
+00:00
-12 to +13 (hours) (in increments of 0.5 h)
Daylight Saving Time switchover
yes
no yes
DST offset
+01:00
0 to + 2 (hours) (in increments of 0.5 h)
Start of DST
March Last week Sunday 02:00 AM
Acc. to list boxes
October Last week Sunday 03:00 AM
Acc. to list boxes
End of DST
(see chapter 16)
(see chapter 16)
Additional Parameters if the Source is Ethernet NTP (Modbus TCP and IEC 61850) Primary NTP server IP address
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
192.168.0.254
Any
213
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 214 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Table 9-23
Time Synchronization Settings (cont.) Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Secondary NTP server IP address
192.168.0.253
Any No polling of the NTP server if 0.0.0.0 was entered
Error indication after
10 min
2 min to 120 min
Additional Parameter if the Source is Fieldbus (Modbus RTU and IEC 60870-5-103) Error indication after
10 min
2 min to 120 min
Parameterizing the Time Synchronization To change the time synchronization, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Administrative menu and click Time synchronization.
Figure 9-56
Configure Tab, Time Synchronization Input/Output Window, Ethernet NTP Selected
✧
Enter the desired values in the fields and select the parameters in the list boxes and in the option field as described in Table 9-23.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
214
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 215 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.7.2 Communication Ethernet Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Communication Ethernet
Table 9-24
Communication Ethernet Settings Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Communication Ethernet IP address 1)
192.168.0.55
Any 0.0.0.0 = DHCP
Subnet mask 1)
255.255.255.0
Any
Default gateway 1)
192.168.0.1
Any
Ethernet switch on
no
no yes
Enable SNMP
no
no yes
OPC UA PubSub (MQTT)
no
no yes
Bus protocol
Modbus TCP
-noneModbus TCP IEC 61850 Both
Protocol Modbus TCP Use a user-port number 2)
no
no yes
User-port number 2) (can only be set when Use a user-port number is parameterized with yes)
10 000
10 000 to 65 535
Access rights for user port (can only be set when Use a user-port number is parameterized with yes)
Full
Full Read only
Access rights for port 502
Full
Full Read only
Keep Alive time
10 s
0 s = switch off 1 s to 65 535 s
Communication supervision time
600 (* 100 ms)
0 s = none 100 ms to 6 553 400 ms
Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway (Condition: The Modbus RTU Master protocol must have been selected under serial communication.) SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
215
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 216 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Table 9-24
Communication Ethernet Settings (cont.) Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Activated
no
no yes
Unit ID of this device
255
1 to 255
Retry limit 3)
2
0 to 10
Response timeout 3)
10 (* 10 ms)
(1 to 6000) * 10 ms = 10 ms to 60 s
Protocol IEC 61850 IED Name
SICAM_Q100_01
Max. 60 characters Only a to z, A to Z, _, 0 to 9 are permitted. The first character must be a letter.
Voltage - Dead band
5%
1 % to 5 %, in 1-% steps
Current - Dead band
5%
1 % to 5 %, in 1-% steps
Power - Dead band
5%
1 % to 5 %, in 1-% steps
Power factor - Dead band
5%
2 % to 5 %, in 1-% steps
Frequency - Dead band
0.05 %
0.02 % 0.05 %
1)
After the parameter changes have been enabled, the device will reset. After enabling the parameter changes, any currently active Modbus TCP connections will be closed. The Modbus TCP client must later reopen these connections. 3) These values are necessary if no Modbus slave device has been configured for the requested Unit ID. If a Modbus slave device was configured, its values are used. 2)
216
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 217 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.7.2.1
Parameterizing the Ethernet Communication with Modbus TCP Bus Protocol
General Settings Communication Ethernet To change the Ethernet communication settings, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, click the Administrative menu and then the element Communication Ethernet. Select the bus protocol Modbus TCP.
Figure 9-57 ✧
Configure Tab, Communication Ethernet via Modbus TCP Input/Output Window
Enter the desired values in the fields and select the parameters in the list boxes and in the option field as described in Table 9-24.
NOTE The enabling of SNMP via option Enable SNMP is only required if you want to save the SICAM Q.mib file and use it in a MIB browser. See also section If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters..
NOTE After changing the network settings and subsequent parameter activation the device will reset.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
217
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 218 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Settings Protocol Modbus ✧
Enter the desired values in the fields and select the parameters in the list boxes and in the option field as described in Table 9-24.
NOTE If you have selected no under Use a user-port number, you can adjust only the Access rights for user port 502, the Keep Alive time and the Communication supervision time parameters.
Figure 9-58
Protocol Modbus
Settings Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway
NOTE The Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway function requires that the Modbus RTU Master has been selected as serial protocol in addition; see chapter 9.3.7.3. To active Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway, proceed as follows: ✧
Select yes in Administrative -> Communication Ethernet -> Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway -> Activated.
Figure 9-59
Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway
✧
Enter the desired values into the fields (acc. to Table 9-24).
✧
After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of
218
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 219 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
parameters). ✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
NOTE The SNMP protocol is implemented in SICAM Q100 in order to be able to retrieve manufacturer-specific information. To retrieve information via SNMP, a MIB browser and the SICAM Q.mib file are required. The MIB browser allows the displaying of SNMP information objects and their content.
Download SNMP Device MIB File ✧
Select yes in the Enable SNMP option (Figure 9-57).
✧
In the Communication Ethernet input/output window, click Download SNMP device MIB file.
Figure 9-60 ✧
File Download Dialog Box
Click Save. The Save As dialog opens (9-11) and you can save the SICAM Q.mib file in any folder and use it in a MIB browser.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
219
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 220 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.7.2.2
Parameterizing the Ethernet Communication with IEC 61850 Bus Protocol ✧
In the Bus protocol list box select the entry IEC 61850. The Communication Ethernet input/output window with Protocol IEC 61850 opens.
Figure 9-61
Configure Tab, Communication Ethernet via IEC 61850 Input/Output Window
✧
Enter the desired values into the fields and select the parameter in the list boxes as described in Table 9-24.
✧
If several SICAM Q100 devices are used in the substation, change the name of the SICAM Q100 (factory setting SICAM_Q100_01) in the IED Name field. The name must be identical to the name which has been parameterized for this SICAM Q100 in the configurator of the substation.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
220
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 221 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
Download ICD/IID Files You can download the following files (see Figure 9-61): •
An individual IID file which contains the data of the currently parameterized network type, for example, four-wire, any load (3P4W) This file has the file extension iid.
•
A compressed file which contains the ICD files of all available network types, for example, 1p2W, 3P3W2I, 3P3WI3. The compressed file has the file extension *.zip and its decompressed files have the file extension *.icd.
✧
Click Download IID file. The IID file with the data of the currently parameterized network type is downloaded to a folder which you selected.
✧
Click Download ICD.zip file. The ICD files of all available network types are downloaded in a .zip file to a folder which you selected.
NOTE If the operation indication Battery Failure appears, after you restart the device, the IID file will be updated. In this case, you must load the new IID file into your PQS.
No Ethernet Communication ✧
In the Bus protocol list box select the entry -none-. No Ethernet protocol is available in this case.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
221
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 222 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.7.3 OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) NOTE The protocol OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) is available in the firmware of SICAM Q100 V2.10 or higher and can only run on the SICAM Q100 devices with expanded memory.
Function Description The OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) protocol is used to: •
Provide users a flexible and mobile access to the data of protection, power quality, and control devices
•
Evaluate the data of protection, power quality, and control devices
The protocol is resolved in the following ways: •
Devices send data from different locations where data is built and stored to cloud services via an Internet connection.
•
You retrieve the grid diagnostic data via Internet in local control centers.
•
You use mobile applications for energy management, supervision, alert detection, and maintenance tasks.
This entire data flow of device interconnectivity (using standardized communication protocols), data access, and data evaluation via Internet is also called IoT (Internet of Things). The basic cloud services are supplied by a cloud-service provider, for example, Siemens MindSphere. Configuration via User Interface To change the settings of the protocol in the Configure tab, proceed as follows: ✧
222
Activate the Protocol OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) protocol by selecting yes in Configure -> Administrative -> Communication -> Protocol OPC UA PubSub (MQTT).
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 223 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
An additional menu item Protocol OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) appears in the navigation window.
Figure 9-62
✧
Activation of the OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) Protocol via the User Interface
Click Protocol OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) in the navigation window.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
223
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 224 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
The OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) Input/Output Window opens.
Figure 9-63
Configure Tab, Protocol OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) Input/Output Window
Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Protocol OPC UA PubSub (MQTT)
Table 9-25
Protocol OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Broker and network Broker IP address or host name
mqtt.eu 1-b.mindsphere.io
Any IP address or host-name string (maximum 128 characters)
Topic name 1)
c/{ClientID}/o/opcua/ {VersionMS}/u/ {Meas:d|File:d|Meta:m}
Any (maximum 128 characters)
DNS server IP address
0.0.0.0
Any IP address Data transmission
224
Harmonics voltage 2)
yes
yes no
Harmonics current 2)
yes
yes no
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 225 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Harmonics power 2)
yes
yes no
Energy counters 2)
yes
yes no
Energy counters transmit cycle
1 min
1 min to 1440 min
1)
Use the template value shown as default in the Topic name for the connection with MindSphere. The parts in curly brackets are filled internally at startup.
2)
Refer to the manual OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) Data Points to identify the individual data points.
✧
Enter the desired values into the fields and select the corresponding parameters in the list boxes as described in Table 9-25. In the Data transmission section, you can select whether the data groups are transmitted via the OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) or not. The following data are always transmitted:
✧
Indications operational measured values flicker, security counters the asset information files
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
Upload Certificates You can click Upload certificates to upload the keys and certificates which are needed to establish a secure
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
225
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 226 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
communication to the OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) broker.
Figure 9-64
Upload Certificates
You can upload an archive file in PCKS#12 format (*.p12 file) and an associated *.pin file with the password. The *.p12 file contains the following key and certificates: •
The certificate of the CA which generates the client certificate and the private key
•
The client certificate
•
The client private key
The broker CA certificate must be uploaded as DER file (*.der) or as PEM file (*.pem). The broker CA and the CA to generate the client certificate and the client private key can be different in the following case: •
You have your own Certificate Authority installed;
•
You use the installed Certificate Authority to generate the key material for the device.
The CA certificate in the *.p12 file may be empty in the following case: •
The client certificate and the client private key are created from the cloud service provider;
•
The CA for generating the client key material is the same as the broker CA.
The information above the Upload certificates button indicates whether there is a certificate or not and shows the
226
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 227 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
date and time when the certificates are uploaded. If no certificate exists in the device, no connection to the broker can be established.
Figure 9-65
Information above Upload Certificates
NOTE The Q100 device cannot connect to the OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) broker in any of the following cases: • The date and time of the device are not synchronized. •
The security certificates and time stamps have expired.
Therefore, you must check the date and time of the device to ensure that they are synchronized, for example, by selecting Information -> Show device information.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
227
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 228 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Mapping File
Figure 9-66
Mapping File
Mapping Export Click Mapping export to export the configuration of measured-value data points as a mapping file in the CSV format.
228
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 229 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
The mapping file can be opened in a spreadsheet program. The following figure shows an example:
Figure 9-67
Example of Mapping File
The mapping file includes 6 columns, see the following table: Table 9-26
Columns in the Mapping File
Column
Value
Description
Name
Fixed
Name of the data point in IEC 61850 compatible syntax. Note that the prefix for 10/12 cycles values (refer to Table 927) is always shown even when the data point is configured as an aggregated value. If there are phase-related data points (for example, phsA, phsB, phsC for PhV), only the first data point is shown and the configured values for phsA are automatically taken over as the data points for the other phases.
Unit
Fixed
The unit of the measured value
Transmit [0,1]
0 1
0 = not transmitted 1 = transmitted This column shows whether the data point is transmitted or not.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
229
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 230 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Table 9-26
Columns in the Mapping File
Column
Value
Description
Threshold [%]
Point value
The threshold value in percentage 1) Only available for non-aggregated values
Zero-point [Unit] 2)
Point value
Zero-point suppression value in unit Only available for non-aggregated values
Aggregate [0,1]
0 1
0 = 10/12 cycle RMS values 1 = aggregated values This column shows whether the data point is published as aggregated values or as 10/12 cycle RMS values with threshold processing.
1)
The threshold value in unit depends on the last value transmitted to the MQTT broker.
2)
If the last transmitted value is 0, a measured-value change is transmitted immediately with a fixed zeropoint suppression value.
Table 9-27
Prefixes of the Names for Different Values Value Type
Prefix
Operational and harmonic values 10/12 cycle RMS values
PQA0
Aggregated values
PQA2
Minimum values
MIN_PQA2
Maximum values
MAX_PQA2
Frequency Aggregated values
PQA4
Minimum values
MIN_PQA2
Maximum values
MAX_PQA2
Threshold For the transmission of 10/12 cycle RMS values and harmonics, a threshold processing is executed based on the following thresholds and method:
230
•
The thresholds related to the last transmitted value
•
A combined fixed and integrated threshold method
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 231 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
The default values of thresholds are defined and assigned to the measured values as shown in Table 2-3. You can change the assignment in the mapping file, see Figure 9-67. Table 9-28
Default Values of Thresholds for Operation Values and Harmonics
Group
Descriptions
Threshold
AC voltage
Threshold value for voltages (Vx, Vxy)
5 % (of the last transmitted value)
AC current
Threshold value for currents (Ix, Ixy)
5 % (of the last transmitted value)
Power
Threshold value for power values (P, Q, S)
5 % (of the last transmitted value)
Power factor
Threshold value for power-factor values
5 % (of the last transmitted value)
Frequency
Threshold value for frequencies
0.05 % (of the last transmitted value)
Percentage value
Threshold value for percentage values (Neg. seq. comp., Zero seq. comp., THDR)
5 % (of the last transmitted value)
Voltage harmonics
Threshold value for voltage harmonics
5 % (of the last transmitted value)
Current harmonics
Threshold value for current harmonics
5 % (of the last transmitted value)
Harmonics power
Threshold value for harmonics power
5 % (of the last transmitted value)
The threshold processing uses a combination of the following methods: •
Fixed If the difference percentage is larger than the configured threshold (in positive direction or negative direction), a measured value is immediately transmitted.
•
The difference percentage = (Current value - last transmitted value)/last transmitted value
Integrated If the rolling difference percentage exceeds the configured threshold, a measured value is transmitted.
The configured integration interval (5 s or its multiplies) decides when the measured value is transmitted. The following list shows examples.
If the percentage of the measured-value change is in the configured threshold, a change of the measured value is transmitted after 5 s. If the percentage of the measured-value change is twice the configured threshold, a change of the measured value is transmitted after 10 s.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
231
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 232 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
If the last transmitted value is 0, a measured-value change is transmitted immediately as a fixed zero-point suppression value, see the following table. Table 9-29
Default Zero-Point Suppression Group
Zero-Point Suppression [Unit]
Measured values except percentage values
0.005
Measured values, percentage values
0.100
Voltage harmonic values
0.040
Current harmonic values
0.040
Harmonic power values
0.040
Energy values are transmitted via MQTT as counter pulses. Additionally, in the OPC UA data unit, a conversion factor Energy per counter pulse is contained in each transmission. To calculate the primary value (energy value), the counter pulses must be multiplied with the conversion factor: Primary value = number of counter pulses ꞏ pulse quantities 60 000 counter pulses per hour are recorded when Vrated and Irated are applied to the device. Aggregate There are some restrictions when changing the value in the column Aggregate: •
For operational measured values, you can select 0 (10/12 cycle RMS values) or 1 (aggregated values) for each measured value.
•
For voltage and current harmonics, you can select 0 (10/12 cycle RMS values) or 1 (aggregated values) for all harmonic values as a group. It is not allowed to have mixed selections for different harmonics values.
•
For the harmonics power, only the 10/12 cycle RMS value is transmitted. The column Aggregate is ignored.
•
For phase-related measured values, you can select 0 (10/12 cycle RMS values) or 1 (aggregated values) for the measured values of phase A, and the selection applies to all the other phase-related values.
If you select 0 in the column Aggregate, the 10/12 cycle RMS values are transmitted. If you select 1 (aggregated values), in addition to the average value, the following values are also transmitted: •
For operational values, the associated minimum values and the maximum operational values are transmitted.
•
For harmonic values, the associated maximum values are transmitted.
You can configure the aggregation interval in Configure -> Recording and reporting -> Recording parameters, see chapter 9.3.6.3.
NOTE All average, minimum, and maximum values are transmitted every time the aggregation interval expires no matter whether they have changed or not. The time stamps of all aggregated values are identical and identify the end time of the last aggregation interval.
232
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 233 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Mapping Import ✧
Click Mapping import to import the changed configuration of measured-value data points. An information appears on the user interface to show whether the mapping file is successfully imported or not. If the import is successful, the mapping file is stored permanently in the device and the adapted values immediately take effect. You do not need to activate the configuration. The existing MQTT communication connection is closed and a new connection to the MQTT broker is established with the adapted data range from the imported file.
Default Mapping ✧
Click Default mapping to delete the imported mapping file. The transmission of measured values is set to default as follows:
Transmit all measured values Transmit all measured values as aggregated values Set the default values for thresholds and the zero-point suppression.
If there is no mapping file imported in the device, the button Default mapping is disabled.
NOTE Siemens recommends selecting yes for all harmonic data groups in Configure -> Administrative -> Communication -> Analog inputs calibration -> Mapping file before exporting the mapping file. If you need to change the settings of measured values, change them in the exported mapping file.
Publisher ID Within each sent MQTT telegram, the MQTT publisher identifies itself with a publisher ID string. The publisher ID used by the Q100 device is assembled in the following format: Publisher ID string = Device type_Order number_Device nName_Serial number Example: Q100_7KG9501_NSHV-B2_BF1702131010 See the following table for the specific description: Table 9-30
Publisher ID
Name
Description
Remark
Device type
Q100
Fixed, not configurable
Order number
First 7 numbers of the device order number
Fixed, not configurable
Device name
Customer-specific device name
Configurable
Serial number
Unique serial number of the device
Fixed, not configurable
Time Synchronization A valid synchronized date and time in the device is necessary for the MQTT protocol. If the date and time of the device is not synchronized or is invalid, the SICAM Q100 cannot connect to the MQTT broker for the following reasons: •
The expiration time of the security certificates must be checked once the connection starts.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
233
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 234 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
•
The time stamp of the transmitted data must be valid so that the MQTT broker can analyze the data properly later.
Siemens recommends using NTP for time synchronization. Indication of Communication OK An internal indication Communication OK is available in the operational log, the LED assignment, or a binary output. This indication means the connection between the device and the MQTT broker is successfully established. It can be used as an input of a group indication.
234
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 235 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.7.4 Communication Serial via RS485 Interface Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Communication Serial
Table 9-31
Communication Serial Settings Parameter
Bus protocol
Default Setting Modbus RTU
Setting Range -noneModbus RTU Modbus RTU Master
Bus Protocol Modbus RTU (Slave) Device address
1
1 to 247
Baud rate
19 200 bit/s
Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)
Parity
Even
Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)
Access rights
Full
Full Read only
Communication supervision time
600 * 100 ms
0 s = none 100 ms to 6 553 400 ms
Bus Protocol Modbus RTU Master Baud rate
19 200 bit/s
Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)
Parity
Even
Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
235
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 236 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Table 9-31
Communication Serial Settings (cont.) Parameter
Additional inter-character timeout
Default Setting 1 ms
Setting Range 0 ms to 100 ms The Modbus specification requires that the individual characters of a serial Modbus RTU telegram have to be transmitted successively with a maximum character gap of 1.5 character times (or max. 750 µs for Baud rates >19 200 bit/s). Longer silent intervals between the characters are interpreted as telegram end. A longer gap between the characters can be tolerated with this parameter. Note that this also causes longer cycle times then. If at least one SICAM P50 device is connected to the bus, at least the following values have to be set for Additional character string time: 1200 bit/s, 2400 bit/s: 0 4800 bit/s, 9600 bit/s: 2 19 200 bit/s: 3 38 400 bit/s: 4 57 600 bit/s, 115 200 bit/s: 6
Maximum 0x/1x register gap
40
0 to 200
Maximum 3x/4x register gap
10
Maximum number of not-mapped registers which are being requested between mapped registers in one request telegram.
The Modbus RTU Master bus protocol must be selected both for Modbus Master and for the Modbus Gateway function.
236
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 237 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Parameterizing the Serial Communication with Modbus RTU (Slave) or Modbus RTU Master To change the serial communication settings, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Administrative menu and click Communication serial. The Communication serial input/output window opens.
✧
In the list box select Bus protocol. If you select -none-, no protocol will be available. Click Send in this case.
Figure 9-68
Configure Tab, Communication Serial via Modbus RTU Input/Output Window
Figure 9-69
Configure Tab, Communication Serial via Modbus RTU Master Input/Output Window
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
237
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 238 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
✧
Enter the desired values into the fields and select the corresponding parameters in the list boxes as described in Table 9-31.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
238
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 239 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.7.5 Modbus Slave Devices 1-8 For the correct functioning of the Modbus RTU Master, the Modbus RTU Master must know all Modbus slave devices which are connected to the RS485 interface and the data which the devices must read must have been defined. See also System Manual SICAM Q100, chapter 2.
NOTE Modbus slave devices can only be parameterized if you selected the communication protocol Modbus RTU Master. You can parameterize up to 8 Modbus slave devices. They can be selected in the 2 groups Modbus slave devices 1-4 and Modbus slave devices 5-8. The parameterization of the 8 Modbus slave devices is identical and described only for the Modbus slave device 1 in the following.
NOTE The parameterization sequences for the Modbus RTU Master and the Modbus Gateway are described in detail in chapter 9.8.
9.3.7.5.1
Basic Settings
Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Modbus Slave Device 1
Table 9-32
Settings of the Modbus slave device 1 Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Name
Modbus slave device 1
Max. 31 characters
Activated
no
no yes (= Activation of the option field): The buttons for parameterization of the mapping data are also activated for the slave device here.
Device address/Unit ID
1
(Modbus slave device address)
1 to 247 Address corresponds to the Unit ID in the Modbus TCP telegram with simultaneous use of the Modbus Gateway function.
Response timeout
10 (*10 ms)
1 to 6000 * 10 ms (10 ms to 60 s)
Retry limit
2
0 to 10 (0 = no request retries) Number of request retries after expiration of Response timeout before a communication error for the Modbus slave is identified.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
239
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 240 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Table 9-32
Settings of the Modbus slave device 1 Parameter
Scan cycle for measured values
Default Setting 50 (* 10 ms)
Setting Range 0 to 36 0000 * 10 ms (10 ms to 1 h) 0 = each request cycle Minimum time difference between the measured-value requests.
Scan cycle for indications
0 (* 10 ms)
0 to 36 0000 * 10 ms (10 ms to 1 h) 0 = each request cycle Minimum time difference between the indication requests.
Scan cycle on error
5s
1 to 3600 s ( 1 s to 1 h) Retry cycle for sending request telegrams if the retry limits are exceeded or in the case of error responses.
Buttons: Import Export Measured values 1-8 and 9-15 Indications Commands
240
inactive
The buttons in the Mapping columns are only activated if the option Activated = yes has been set. The functions of the buttons are described in the chapters 8.3.7.4.2 to 8.3.7.4.5.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 241 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Parameterizing a Modbus Slave Device If you want to change the settings of a Modbus slave device (for example, Modbus slave device 1), proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, click the Administrative menu and the menu item Modbus slave devices 1-4 or Modbus slave devices 5-8.
Figure 9-70
Configure tab, Modbus slave devices input/output window, device 1 activated
✧
Activate the device 1.
✧
In the Parameter fields, enter the desired values according to Table 9-32.
✧
In the Mapping columns, select the settings/activities which have been assigned to the buttons. The function of the buttons is described in the chapters 8.3.7.4.2 to 8.3.7.4.5..
✧
After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
241
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 242 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.7.5.2
Mapping – Measured Values 1-15 At Measured values 1-8 and Measured values 9-15, the measured values are defined which are read by a selected Modbus slave device.
Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Modbus Slave Device 1 Table 9-33
Settings for assignment of the measured values of the Modbus slave device 1 Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Name
MV x Slv 1 (x = 1 to 15)
Max. 31 characters 1)
Unit
Multiplier: Unit: -none-
Acc. to list box
Note on frequency measured values:
(see chapter 16) Selecting a multiplier for the following units is not recommended and will be rejected: -none° °C °F %
If a frequency measured value (unit: Hz) has been parameterized without a multiplier (multiplier: -), an additional check is made whether the resulting value is in the range of 15 Hz to 65 Hz. Measured values outside this range are marked as invalid. Register type
-none-
-noneInput registers Holding registers For -none-, the assignment is ignored and the corresponding measured value cannot be selected for other functions.
Data format on bus
Float32 (2 registers)
Float32 (2 registers) Int16 (1 register) Int16_Ung8000h (1 register) UInt16 (1 register) UInt32 (2 registers)
Register number
1
1 to 65 535
Scaling factor
1.000
Any float value 0.00: resulting measured value = 0.00
(see also Table 9-34.)
1)
242
If the name is also to be displayed on the device display without text overlappings, Siemens recommends using max. 10 characters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 243 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Table 9-34
Data Format on Bus
Data Format on Bus
Description
Setting Range
Invalid recognition
Used by (example)
Float32 (2 registers)
IEEE Float value
-1038 to +1038
NaN = invalid INF = overflow
SENTRON PAC3x00, SICAM AI 7XV5674, SICAM T 7KG966, SICAM P50 7KG775
Int16 (1 register)
16-bit signed integer
- 32 768 to +32 768
none
SENTRON 3WL/3VL SICAM P50 7KG775
Int16_Ung8000h (1 register)
16-bit signed integer
-32768 bis +32768
-32768 (8000h) = invalid
SIPROTEC 4
UInt16 (1 register)
16-bit integer, 0
0 to +65 535
none
SENTRON 3WL/3VL
UInt32 (2 registers)
32-bit integer, 0
0 to +4 294 967 295
none
SIPROTEC 4, SENTRON 3WL/3VL
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
243
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 244 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Parameterizing the Measured Values of a Modbus Slave Device If you want to change the settings of the measured values of a Modbus slave device (for example, Modbus slave device 1), proceed as follows: ✧
Click Measured values 1-8 or Measured values 9-15.
Figure 9-71
Measured Values 1-8
✧
In the list boxes, select the parameters according to Table 8-24 and Table 8-25. Enter the desired values in the fields.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
244
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 245 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.7.5.3
Mapping – Indications At Indications, the indications are defined which are read by a selected Modbus slave device.
Default Settings and Settings of the Modbus Slave Device 1 Table 9-35
Settings for assignment of the indications of the Modbus slave device 1 Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Name
Indication x Slv 1 (x = 1 to 6)
Max. 31 characters
Register type
-none-
-noneCoil status registers Input status registers Input registers Holding registers For -none-, the assignment is ignored and the corresponding indication cannot be selected for other functions.
Data format on bus
1 Bit
1 Bit 1 Bit in UInt32
Register number
1
1 to 65 535
Bit offset (only relevant for register types Input register or Holding register)
0
0 to 15 (for Data format 1 Bit) 0 to 31 (for Data format 1 Bit in UInt32)
(see also Table 9-36.)
Table 9-36
Data format on Bus
Data Format on Bus
Description
Setting Range
Invalid recognition
Used by (example)
1 Bit
1 bit (for all register types; additionall select Bit offset for Input register and Holding register)
0 = of 1 = on
none
SICAM P50 7KG775, SENTRON 3WL/3VL, SIPROTEC4
1 Bit in UInt32
1 bit in 2 successive Input registers or Holding registers which have to be read together.
0 = of 1 = on
none
SENTRON PAC3x00
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
245
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 246 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Parameterizing the Indications of a Modbus Slave Device If you want to change the settings of the indications of a Modbus slave device (for example, Modbus slave device 1), proceed as follows: ✧
Click the button Indications..
Figure 9-72
Indications 1-6
✧
In the list boxes, select the parameters according to Table 8-26 and Table 8-27. Enter the desired values in the fields.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
246
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 247 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.7.5.4
Mapping – Export Several Modbus slave devices of the same type can be connected to SICAM Q100. This is the case, for example, if feeders that are configured identically exist in a substation. These devices frequently read the same data then. You can use the export function of the device to export the configuration of a Modbus slave device (for example, Modbus slave device 1) which is parameterized in SICAM Q100 to the connected PC. After that, you can import this configuration from the PC either into this SICAM Q100 (for example, Modbus slave device 3) or into other SICAM Q100 devices. ✧
Click the button Export. The input/output window Modbus RTU master displays the Modbus slave device and the dialog File download.
Figure 9-73 ✧
Export
In the dialog File download, click Save or Open.
File download -> Save ✧
In the dialog File download, click Save. The Save in: dialog opens.
✧
Select the file path.
✧
Use the file name suggested in the File name: list box or enter a new file name with the file extension .txt.
✧
Click Save. The Download complete dialog opens.
✧
In the dialog Download complete, click Close.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
247
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 248 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
File download -> Open Alternatively, you can view the information on the screen and print them if needed. Proceed as follows: ✧
In the File download dialog, click Open. A text editor opens which contains the mapping information on the Modbus slave device (CLIENT MAPPING INFORMATION (see following section)).
✧
On the menu bar of the text editor, click File -> Print....
✧
Select the desired printer in the Print dialog and click Print. The list is printed on the connected printer.
✧
Close the text editor.
CLIENT MAPPING INFORMATION The CLIENT MAPPING INFORMATION is created as a text file when the export function is triggered. The following example shows a configuration with 3 measured values and 3 indications. Configuration of measured values:
Figure 9-74
248
Configuration of 3 Measured Values (example)
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 249 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Configuration of indications:
Figure 9-75
Configuration of 3 indications (example)
Created CLIENT MAPPING INFORMATION from the 3 measured values and indications each as text file:
Figure 9-76
Resulting CLIENT MAPPING INFORMATION (example)
The following table contains the description of the labels in the text file:
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
249
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 250 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Description and setting ranges of the parameters in the text file: Table 9-37
Description and setting ranges of the parameters in the text file.
Label
Measured Quantity (MV) Indication (I)
Description
Setting Range
MT
MV
Mapping Type (Data type)
MEASURAND INDICATION
DS
MV, I
Description
String with max. 31 characters
Name of the associated data object
Longer strings are cut at 31 characters during import.
Register number
1 to 65 535
RN
MV, I
(within the selected register type RT) RT
MV, I
Register type
0x0 – Coil status register 0x1 – Input status register 0x3 – Input register 0x4 – Holding register
OF
I
Bit offset
0 to 15 (for FT = 1BIT)
(for INDICATION in Holding registers)
0 to 31 (for FM = 1BITINUINT32)
Data format
For MEASURAND: FLT32, INT16, UINT16, UINT32, INT16INV7FFF and INT16INV8000
FM
MV, I
For INDICATION: 1BIT, 1BITINUINT32
250
SC
MV
Scaling factor for MEASURAND
Arbitrary float value
UN
MV
Unit-multiplier for MEASURAND
1: dimensionless 2: Meter 3: kg 4: s 5: A 23: °C 29: V 33: Hz 38: W 39: Pa 41: m2 42: m3 61: VA 63: var 64: ° 71: VAh 72: Wh 73: varh 75: % 76: °F
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 251 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Table 9-37 Label
ML
9.3.7.5.5
Description and setting ranges of the parameters in the text file. Measured Quantity (MV) Indication (I) MV
Description
Factor (Unit multiplier) for measuring value
Setting Range
-3: milli (m) -2: centi (c) -1: deci (d) 0: no multiplier 2: hecto (h) 3: kilo (k) 6: Mega (M) 9: Giga (G)
Mapping – Import ✧
Click the button Import.
Figure 9-77 ✧
Import
Click Browse.... The File Download dialog opens.
✧
Select the desired file (extension .txt) in the directory.
✧
In the tab, click Open. The information of the text file is applied by SICAM Q100 and interpreted in the passive parameter set. In the case of faulty data, an error message is entered in the error log, see chapter 9.2.7.3.
NOTE If you have activated the option in your web browser to transfer the local directory name together with the file name when uploading files, then the total number of characters in the directory and file names may not exceed 100 english characters. Otherwise, the .txt file in your device will not be updated.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
251
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 252 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.7.6 SICAM Subdevices The internal Ethernet switch and a Y cable or an external Ethernet switch can be used to connect up to 2 subdevices of the type SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673 to SICAM Q100. The communication takes place with the Modbus UDP protocol. For further information and connection examples, refer to the System Manual SICAM Q100, chapter 2.
9.3.7.6.1
SICAM Subdevice – Parameterization in SICAM Q100
Default Settings and Settings of the SICAM Subdevices Table 9-38
Settings of the SICAM Subdevices
Parameter/Indications
Default Setting
Subdevice 1
-none-
Subdevice 2
No further indications are displayed.
Setting Range -noneSICAM IO
Subdevice 1 Server IP address
192.168.0.56
any (different from IP address of subdevice 2 and in the same subnet as SICAM Q100)
Server port
51 000
10 000 to 65 535
Response timeout
3 (* 10 ms)
10 ms to 60 000 ms 0 ms = invalid
Parameter: Source of output 1-N
Indication 3 from Remote
Parameter: see chapter 16
Indication: Input 1-N
Binary inp. 1-N SICAM IO 1
Indication: any, max. 31 characters
Parameter: Source of output 2-N
Indication 4 from Remote
Indication: Input 2-N
Binary inp. 2-N SICAM IO 1
Parameter: Source of output 3-N
Indication 5 from Remote
Indication: Input 3-N
Binary inp. 3-N SICAM IO 1
Parameter: Source of output 1-P
Indication 6 from Remote
Indication: Input 1-P
Binary inp. 1-P SICAM IO 1
Parameter: Source of output 2-P
Indication 7 from Remote
Indication: Input 2-P
Binary inp. 2-P SICAM IO 1
Parameter: Source of output 3-P
Indication 8 from Remote
Indication: Input 3-P
Binary inp. 3-P SICAM IO 1
Parameter Source of output: Selection which indication is transmitted from SICAM Q100 to the binary output of the SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673. Indication Input: Designation of the indication which shows the status of the binary input of SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673.
Subdevice 2
252
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 253 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Table 9-38
Settings of the SICAM Subdevices (cont.)
Parameter/Indications
Default Setting
Setting Range
Server IP address
192.168.0.57
any (different from IP address of subdevice 1 and in the same subnet as SICAM Q100)
Server port
51 000
10 000 to 65 535
Response timeout
3 (* 10 ms)
10 ms to 60 000 ms 0 ms = invalid
Parameter: Source of output 1-N
Indication 9 from Remote
Parameter: see chapter 16
Indication: Input 1-N
Binary inp. 1-N SICAM IO 2
Indication: any, max. 31 characters
Parameter: Source of output 2-N
Indication 10 from Remote
Indication: Input 2-N
Binary inp. 2-N SICAM IO 2
Parameter: Source of output 3-N
Indication 11 from Remote
Indication: Input 3-N
Binary inp. 3-N SICAM IO 2
Parameter: Source of output 1-P
Indication 12 from Remote
Indication: Input 1-P
Binary inp. 1-P SICAM IO 2
Parameter: Source of output 2-P
Indication 13 from Remote
Indication: Input 2-P
Binary inp. 2-P SICAM IO 2
Parameter: Source of output 3-P
Indication 14 from Remote
Indication: Input 3-P
Binary inp. 3-P SICAM IO 2
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
Parameter Source of output: Selection which indication is transmitted from SICAM Q100 to the binary output of the SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673. Indication Input: Designation of the indication which shows the status of the binary input of SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673.
253
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 254 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Parameterizing a SICAM Subdevice in SICAM Q100 If you want to change the settings of a SICAM subdevice (for example, Subdevice 1: SICAM IO), proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, click the Administrative menu and the menu item SICAM subdevices. The SICAM subdevices input/output window opens.
✧
In the Subdevice 1 list box, select the entry SICAM IO. If you select -none- , no entries exist for the subdevice.
Figure 9-78 ✧
Configure Tab, SICAM Subdevices Input/Output Window
In the list boxes, select the respective indication according to Table 8-29. Enter the desired values in the fields.
NOTE Indication 1 from remote and Indication 2 from remote are provided for controlling the two binary outputs of the SICAM Q100. Therefore, Indication 3 from remote is the first assigned indication as Source of output of the SICAM subdevices. ✧
After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
254
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 255 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters. The factory settings of the Source of output x parameters are controllable indications, for example, Indication 3 from Remote, and can be controlled via the Modbus TCP or IEC 61850 protocols. You can also parameterize an internal indication from SICAM Q100 in the list boxes. If one or two SICAM I/O Units have been selected as subdevices, the indications on the status of the binary inputs of these devices are also available in the group indications (see chapter 8.3.3.2.2), the indications of the LEDs (see chapter 8.3.3.1.4), and the indications of the binary outputs (chapter 8.3.3.1.3).
9.3.7.6.2
Parameter Settings of the SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673 (Subdevice) NOTE A detailed description of all parameter settings of the SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673 and a description of that device is given in the Device Manual, order number E50417-H1040-C484.
Settings of the Ethernet Communication of the SICAM I/O Unit Table 9-39
Settings of the Ethernet Communication in the SICAM I/O Unit Subdevice
Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
IP address
At IP address, enter the same IP address as in SICAM Q100 I/O Unit subdevice under Server IP address. SICAM Q100 and SICAM I/O Unit must have different IP addresses.
Subnet mask
255.255.255.0
Identical to the subnet mask of the SICAM Q100
Default gateway
192.168.0.1
Any
Ethernet switch on
no
Activation of the second port of the internal Ethernet switch
Bus protocol/Operating mode
I/O Mirror server
You must select I/O Mirror Server for connection to the SICAM Q100.
Operating Mode I/O Mirror Server Port number
51 000
Communication supervision time
8 (*10 ms)
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
Port number for the Ethernet communication between SICAM Q100 and SICAM I/O Unit –
255
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 256 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
If you have connected a SICAM I/O Unit as subdevice at the SICAM Q100 and want to change the settings at the subdevice, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window of the SICAM I/O Unit, click the Administrative menu and then Communication Ethernet.
Figure 9-79
Communication Settings in the SICAM I/O Unit if the Device is Connected to a SICAM Q100
✧
Enter the values in the fields according to Table 9-39 and select Operating mode I/O Mirror server from the list box.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. The parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
256
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 257 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Settings for Binary Outputs in the SICAM I/O Unit Table 9-40
Settings of the Binary Outputs in the SICAM I/O Unit Subdevice Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Indication (can be set individually for all relay outputs)
-none-
See Device Manual SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673
Source inverted (can be set individually for all relay outputs)
no
no yes
Operating mode (can be set individually for all relay outputs)
Persistent
See Device Manual SICAM I/O Unit 7XV5673
To change the outputs of a binary output, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Operational parameters menu, then the Process connections submenu and click Binary outputs.
Figure 9-80
Configure Tab, Binary Outputs of SICAM I/O Unit Input/Output Window
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
257
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 258 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Checking Additional Settings in the SICAM I/O Unit Subdevice Binary Inputs ✧
Check the Threshold voltage and Software filter time settings of the binary inputs:
Figure 9-81 ✧
Binary Inputs of SICAM I/O Unit
Check the time synchronization settings and select preferably Ethernet NTP as the source of time synchronization, if available.
Communication indication If data are exchanged correctly between SICAM Q100 and the SICAM I/O Unit, the indication I/O Mirror server OK is set to ON in the SICAM I/O Unit.
258
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 259 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.7.6.3
Commissioning Notes If the SICAM I/O Unit subdevices are connected correctly to the SICAM Q100, the Ethernet communication parameters are set correctly in both devices (the SICAM Q100 and the SICAM I/O Unit), and communication interruptions still occur (sporadically) then the communication supervision times have to be adapted. Higher network load or use of different communication features simultaneously in the device may be the reason for the communication interruptions. In this case, increase the communication supervision times in the devices as follows:
NOTE The parameters Response timeout in the SICAM Q100 (see table 9-38) and Communication supervision time in the SICAM I/O Unit subdevices (see table 9-39) must always be changed together. If two SICAM I/O Unit subdevices are used then the Response timeouts for both devices have to be set identically. Calculation The relationship of the supervision times in the SICAM Q100 and the SICAM I/O Unit results from: ResponseTimeout [ms] £ (CommunicationSupervisionTime [ms] - 20 [ms]) / 2 Or in reverse order: CommunicationSupervisionTime [ms] ³ (2 * ResponseTimeout [ms]) + 20 [ms] Parameterization Example ✧
Change the Communication supervision time in the SICAM I/O Unit to 200 ms for the reasons mentioned above (ref. to chapter 9.3.7.6.2.) According to the formulas above a Response timeout of 90 ms is calculated.
✧
Change the parameter in the SICAM Q100 for example to: Response timeout = 60 ms (ref. to chapter 9.3.7.6.1)
NOTE Note that the communication supervision times are entered in the user interface (HMI) in multiples of 10 ms. For the example above enter the values 20 for the Communication supervision time in the SICAM I/O Unit and 6 for a Response timeout in the SICAM Q100.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
259
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 260 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.7.7 Device and Language Default Settings and Setting Ranges for Device and Language
Table 9-41
Device and Language Settings
Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Device name
SICAM_xxx
Max. 31 characters Only a to z, A to Z, -, _, spacing, ., 0-9, Ü, ü, Ä, ä, Ö, ö, ß are permitted.
Language
ENGLISH (US)
ENGLISH (US) User language acc. to preselection of user language: DEUTSCH (DE) or CHINESE (CN)
Date/time format
YYYY-MM-DD, Time with 24 hours
Acc. to list box (see chapter 16)
User language preselection
DEUTSCH (DE)
DEUTSCH (DE) CHINESE (CN)
NOTE However, if the user interface stays on pages with the following remark at the right bottom, you must log out manually: Page will refresh automatically, please log out manually if needed.
260
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 261 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
To change the settings of device and language, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Administrative menu and click Device and language.
Figure 9-82
Configure Tab, Device and Language Input/Output Window
✧
Select the desired parameters in the list box according to Table 9-41.
✧
Change the passwords if necessary.
✧
If necessary, change the user language (see below).
✧
After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
Changing the User Language Preselection The user language can be preset, for example when starting the User Interface for the first time (see chapter 9.2.1). DEUTSCH is set by default.
NOTE If you change the user language, the device will restart after pressing the Send button and subsequently activating the settings. To change the user language, proceed as follows: ✧
Select the user language of the User Interface in the User language preselection list box.
✧
Click the Send button. The message "User language was changed, automatic restart shall take place after Activation!" is displayed in red on the status bar.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
261
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 262 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
✧
Activate the device configuration as described in “Activating the Set of Parameters”. After the activation, the Language list box in the upper part of the input/output window shows the standard language ENGLISH (US) and the selected user language.
NOTE You can also change individual parameters in the Device and language input/output window and apply them by clicking the Send button.
262
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 263 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.7.8 Syslog In addition to showing audit logs in the Maintenance tab via the user interface, the device supports transmitting the audit logs to a central log server using Syslog. Syslog is a well-established internationally implemented standard for message logging. Syslog allows the separation of the following: •
The software that generates messages
•
The system that stores messages
•
The software that reports and analyzes messages
Computer system designers can use Syslog for system management and security auditing as well as general informational, analysis, and debugging messages. Various devices, such as printers, routers, and message receivers across many platforms use the Syslog standard. For example, a Q100 device works as a device and a Kiwi Syslog service manager works as a receiver.
9.3.7.8.1
Basic Settings
Default Settings and Setting Ranges of the Syslog
Table 9-42
Settings of the Syslog Parameter
Syslog active
Default Setting No
Setting Range No Yes
If you set the Syslog active parameter to yes, the following parameters are visible: Primary Syslog server
0.0.0.0
Any
Port
514
0 to 65 535
Secondary Syslog server
0.0.0.0
Any
Port
514
0 to 65 535
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
263
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 264 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
Parameterizing the Syslog To change the settings of the Syslog, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Administrative menu and click Syslog.
Figure 9-83
Configure Tab, Syslog Input/Output Window
✧
In the Parameter fields, enter the desired values according to Table 9-42.
✧
After the parameterization click Send. After clicking Send, the parameters are transmitted to the device but not enabled yet (passive set of parameters).
✧
264
If you do not want to make any additional settings, continue with the Activation of the device configuration according to section Activating the Set of Parameters. If you want to change other settings, enter the changes and then enable the device configuration as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 265 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.3 Configuration of the Device
9.3.7.8.2
View via Syslog Server If the Syslog function in a Q100 device is activated and the Syslog server is running, you can read the audit logs from the Syslog server. The audit logs are sent to the configured Syslog server using the UDP protocol when the logs are recorded in the Q100 device. You can see the audit logs from the Kiwi Syslog Service Manager, see the following figure.
Figure 9-84
Audit Logs on the Kiwi Syslog Service Manager
The following security messages are listed: •
Date of receiving the security message
•
Time of receiving the security message
•
Priority of the message, which is defined by the Syslog server
•
Hostname of the device which generates the security message
•
Message description
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
265
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 266 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
9.4
Value View and Evaluation
9.4.1
Process Connections and Automation Functions The values for Operational parameters (Process connections and Automation functions) are displayed in the Value view and Evaluation tab. To display the values on the screen, proceed as follows: ✧
Select the Value view and Evaluation tab on the user interface.
Figure 9-85 ✧
Value View and Evaluation Tab
In the navigation window, open the Operational parameters menu, then the Process connections or Automation functions submenu and click one of the following items:
AC operational values Harmonics voltage Harmonics current Interharmonics voltage Interharmonics current AC power and energy Frozen energy counters: see chapter 9.4.1.2 Flicker Binary status: see chapter 9.4.1.3 Modbus slave devices: see chapter 9.4.1.4 SICAM subdevices: see chapter 9.4.1.5 Load profile: see chapter 9.4.1.6 Tariff (TOU): see chapter 9.4.1.7 Limits Group indications
Depending on which operational parameters are selected, the input/output window displays the measured values with the corresponding unit or indications in a tabular list that is updated every 5 s.Harmonics and 266
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 267 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
interharmonics can represent you in tabular form or graphically.
NOTE If symbol *** is displayed instead of a value, this value is invalid. If symbol ^^^ is displayed instead of a value, this value is in overflow. To print out the value, click the
(Print) icon on the toolbar of Microsoft Internet Explorer.
9.4.1.1 Evaluation of Harmonic Voltage, Current, and Power The values for harmonics are displayed in the Value view and evaluation tab. If you want to display the values on the screen, proceed as follows: In the Value view and evaluation tab, click Operational parameters -> Process connections -> Harmonic voltage or Harmonic current or Harmonic Power.
Figure 9-86
Example for a Table of Voltage Harmonics
The parameter Hide Harmonic when magnitude is lower than % is displayed above the measurement table. This parameter indicates from which RMS value of the voltage, of the current or from which amount of power on the display of the harmonic shall be hidden. This threshold value is active if you press the ENTER key. It is not necessary to activate the parameter set. It helps to filter out other harmonics which are not interested by customer. For a prevailing ratio below 0.8, the corresponding harmonic is not stable, which will be shown as red color. If one of the spectral lines ±5 Hz of the frequency of the harmonic is greater than 2 % of the RMS value of the harmonic, the corresponding value is displayed in blue as indication.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
267
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 268 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
Displaying Voltage and Current Harmonics Current and voltage harmonics can be displayed as a Table or as a Diagram. Select the desired display form in the Measurement output list box. Click Display to confirm the selection. Table (see Figure 9-86) The parameters given in the Measured value/Unit columns mean the following: •
THDS voltage [%]: Subgroup total harmonic distortion: ratio of the r.m.s. value of the harmonic subgroups to the r.m.s. value of the subgroup associated with the fundamental
•
THDR [%]: Total harmonic distortion related to the total RMS value in %
•
THD-2650 [%]: Total upper band Harmonics Distortion (26th to 50th) related to the fundamental in %
•
K-factor [-]: K-factor is a weighting of the harmonic load currents according to their effects on transformer heating.
•
Harmonics Magnitude [%]: Harmonic magnitudes in %
•
Harmonics Angle [°]: Harmonic phase angle in °
•
Harmonics PreAngle [°]: Prevailing phase angle in °
•
Harmonics PR [-]: Prevailing ratio
Diagram The voltage- or current-harmonics diagram only shows the RMS values of the harmonic.
Figure 9-87
Example for a Voltage-Harmonic Diagram
Display of Harmonics and Interpretation for Harmonic Direction
268
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 269 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
Figure 9-88
Example for a Power-Harmonic Table
The sign of the active power of the single harmonic determines the power-flow direction: •
Positive sign: from supply system to the load
•
Negative sign: from load to the supply system
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
269
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 270 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
9.4.1.2 Frozen Energy Counters The frozen energy counters are displayed as follows:
Figure 9-89
270
Frozen Energy Counters
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 271 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
9.4.1.3 Evaluation of Binary Status The status of the binary inputs and outputs is checked and displayed as follows:
Figure 9-90
Binary Status
Status Binary Input – Terminals U1/2 and U3/2 Depending on the parameterization (for routing, see chapter 9.3.3.1.2), either the status information or the source is evaluated. Status Binary Output – Terminals G1/2 und G3/2 Depending on the parameterized source type (see chapter 9.3.3.1.3), the indications routed to the binary outputs and/or power meters are evaluated.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
271
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 272 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
9.4.1.4 Evaluation of Modbus Slave Devices The connection status of the up to 8 Modbus slave devices is checked and displayed as follows:
Figure 9-91
Connection status of Modbus slave devices
Connection Status The following connection statuses are possible: Table 9-43
Connection Status
Status
272
Description
good
The assigned information could be requested successfully.
no response
The Modbus slave device does not respond; communication failure or device switched off.
no mapping data
Data mapping was not configured for the device. Therefore, data are not requested.
excp. response
At least one request was answered with a Modbus error feedback.
msg. error
Errors in the evaluation of a response telegram (for example, CRC error)
deactivated
The Modbus slave device was not configured.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 273 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
Viewing Measured Values and Indications ✧
In the Information column (see Figure 8-69), click View values:
NOTE The button is not enabled if the status shows deactivated and no mapping data, see table 9-43.
Figure 9-92
View Values
Measured values and indications are displayed for the respective Modbus slave device. For measured values, *** is displayed and for indications, 'invalid' is displayed if the value was received with an Invalid identifier or the value could not be read (for example, interrupted connection to the Modbus slave device).
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
273
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 274 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
9.4.1.5 Evaluation of SICAM Subdevices In SICAM Q100, the connected and parameterized SICAM subdevices issue the indications of their binary inputs and outputs.
Figure 9-93
Indications of the SICAM subdevices
Values of the Indications
Table 9-44
Values of the indications of the binary inputs and outputs
Value On
Description State of the binary inputs and outputs
Off Invalid
274
The indication is invalid, for instance, because there is an interruption of the data line.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 275 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
9.4.1.6 Load Profile The load profile is displayed as follows:
Bild 9-94
Download the load profile
In the decimal separator, you can select whether you want to display the load-profile data with comma or decimal point after the download. To download the load profile, proceed as follows: ✧
Click Download load profile.
Figure 9-95
Opening or saving the load profile file
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
275
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 276 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
File download -> Save ✧
In the dialog File download, click Save. The Save in: dialog opens..
✧
Select the file path.
✧
Use the file name suggested in the File name: list box or assign a new file name with the file extension .csv.
✧
Click Save. The Download complete dialog opens.
✧
In the dialog Download complete, click Close.
File download -> Open Alternatively, you can view the information on the screen and print them if needed. Proceed as follows: ✧
In the File download dialog, click Open. An Excel file with the load profile values opens.
✧
On the menu bar of the text editor, click File -> Print....
✧
Select the desired printer in the Print dialog and click Print. The list is printed on the connected printer.
276
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 277 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
9.4.1.7 Tariffs (TOU) With SICAM Q100, you can determine 8 tariffs for all energy types. Their values are displayed in the following input/output window:
Figure 9-96
Evaluation of Tariffs
To view the tariff values, click the radio buton before each tariff. Tariff 1(Current Tariff) is ticked by default. After the data transmission, the values are processed further in the peripheral devices.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
277
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 278 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
9.4.2
Evaluation and Data Management The power quality values and other events are output on the Value view and evaluation tab in the Evaluation and data management menu. The menu contains the following items: •
Events
•
Records
•
Mains signaling voltage
•
Power Quality report
•
File transfer
•
Memory management
•
Transient detection
To display the values on the screen, proceed as follows: ✧
Select the Value view and evaluation tab on the user interface. The Value view and evaluation tab opens.
✧
278
Select the desired values according to chapter 9.4.2.1 to Figure 9-116 in the Evaluation and data management menu in the navigation window.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 279 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
9.4.2.1 Events Default Settings and Setting Options
Table 9-45
Value View and Evaluation - Events
Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Options
Event record type
Supply Voltage
Voltage event Frequency event Voltage-unbalance event RVC event 1)
Start time
Current date/time
Any with calendar function Time format: depends on date/time format config.
End Time
Current date/time
Any with calendar function Time format: depends on date/time format config.
Measurement output
Table
Table CSV
1)
For RVC event, there is no CSV or diagram available.
To display the values on the screen, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Evaluation and data management menu and click Events.
Figure 9-97 ✧
Value View Tab and Evaluation, Events Input/Output Window, Supply Voltage
Select the desired Event record type in the list box according to Table 9-45 and specify the Start time and End time using the calendar function.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
279
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 280 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
✧
Select from the Measurement output list box whether the measured values are to be output as a Table or a CSV file is to be created.
Measurement Output as Table ✧
Click Display. The determined results are displayed in a table. In multi-paged tables you can navigate forward and back in the pages using the >> and Save CSV File ✧
Click Save. The Save As dialog opens.
✧
280
Select the file path in the Save in: list box.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 281 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
✧
Use the file name suggested in the File name: list box or enter a new file name with the file extension .csv.
NOTE The length of file names must not exceed 8 characters. Use only characters according to NOTE in chapter 9.3.1.2. ✧
Click Save. The Download complete dialog opens.
✧
In the Download complete dialog, click Close.
File Download -> Open CSV File Alternatively, you can view the event data on the screen and print them if needed. Proceed as follows: ✧
In the File download dialog (9-98), click Open. The selected CSV file is opened in Microsoft Excel and the event data are displayed in table form.
✧ ✧
On the menu bar, click File -> Print.... Select the desired printer in the Print dialog and click Print. The list is printed on the connected printer.
✧
Close Microsoft Excel.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
281
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 282 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
9.4.2.2 Records Default Settings and Setting Options
Table 9-46
Value View and Evaluation - Records Parameter
Record type
Default Setting Measurement recorder
Setting Options Trend Recorder Measurement recorder
Measurement Recorder Start time
Current time
End time
no setting, only display
Measurement source
Frequency 10 s
Frequency 10 s Voltage Current Voltage angle Current angle Active power Reactive power Apparent power Active power factor Power factor Phase angle Frequency Unbalance THDS voltage THDS current Q1 Harmonic voltage magnitude Harmonic current magnitude Short-term flicker Long-term flicker
Measurements
f - 10 s
The selectable Measurements depend on the selected Measurement Source.
Aggregation Type
AVG
AVG MIN (not for harmonics) MAX
Table
Table Diagram CSV
(The aggregation type is not displayed if the frequency is 10 s, and flicker) Measurement output
Any with calendar function Time format: depends on date/time format config.
Trend Recorder Query method (only for trend recorder query)
282
By time
By time By event
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 283 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
Table 9-46
Value View and Evaluation - Records (cont.) Parameter
By time Start time
End time By event Event list
Default Setting Current time
Setting Options Any with calendar function Time format: depends on date/time format config.
no setting, only display (2 h after start)
Selection of a displayed event
Measurement Source
Voltage
Voltage
Measurements
Va
Va, Vb, Vc Vab, Vbc, Vca
Measurement output
Table
Table Diagram CSV
To display the values on the screen, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Evaluation and data management menu and click Records. The Records input/output window opens.
Figure 9-99
✧
Value View and Evaluation Tab, Records Input/Output Window, Measurement Recorder
Select the respective recording settings in the list box according to Table 9-46.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
283
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 284 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
✧
Click Display.
The determined results are displayed in a Find result table. In multi-paged tables you can navigate forward and back in the pages using the >> and > and Search -> regedit -> regedit.exe -> OK The Registry Editor opens.
✧
Find in the directory: [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\ActiveX Compatibility\{00000566-0000-0010-8000-00AA006D2EA4}] \Compatibility Flags
✧
Click on Compatibility Flags and change the value to 0.
Figure 9-103 ✧
Changing the Compatibility Flag Value
Confirm with OK.
Figure 9-104
Changed Registry
✧
Close the Registry Editor.
✧
In the Internet-Explorer on menu, select Tools -> Internet Options -> Security -> Trusted Sites.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
289
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 290 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
If in the Internet-Explorer trust sites are blocked by IE policies, then you proceed as follows: ✧
Start the SICAM Q100.
✧
In the Internet-Explorer on menu, select Tools -> Internet Options -> Security -> Trusted Sites. Click on Sites button.
✧
Start -> Search -> regedit -> regedit.exe -> OK The Registry Editor opens.
✧
Find in the directory: [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\ZoneMap\Ranges]
✧
Insert in the directory a key with the name Rangexxx.
✧
Insert the following 2 values in key:
Type string: Name: :Range, Type: REG_SZ, Data: 192.168.0.204
Type dword: Name: https, Type: REG_DWORD, Data: 2
Figure 9-105 ✧
Registry (Detail)
Check the following entry after closing the registry in the tab Information in the status line: Trusted sites I Protected Mode: Off
290
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 291 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
Multiple File Download ✧
On the Record list, select the files using the normal MS Windows method.
Figure 9-106
File Selection
✧
Enter a Save directory for file storage or select a path for file storage at Select Directory.
✧
Click on Download. The download progress is indicated and the selected files are stored in the specified directory.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
291
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 292 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
Visualizing the Transmitted Recorder Data You can display the transmitted recorder data with the help of other programs. Use the following programs for that: •
SIGRA: COMTRADE files of the fault recorder Contact the Siemens Hotline for information on that; see Preface.
•
SIGRAPlugin: HTML data of the event recorder and recorder values on recorder page Contact the Siemens Hotline for information on that; see Preface.
•
PQDiffractor: PQDIF files of the trend recorder and measurement recorder Download the program from the Internet: http://www.pqview.com/download-pqdif/
292
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 293 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
Option: Multiple File Download via Chrome The screenshots related with Chrome in this chapter are taken from Chrome V71.0.3578.98 (Official Build) (64–bit). Selecting Path via Chrome ✧
Start Google Chrome.
✧
Click Customize and control Google Chrome -> Settings.
Figure 9-107
Chrome Settings
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
293
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 294 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
✧
Click Advanced.
Figure 9-108 ✧
294
Advanced Settings
Click Change under Downloads to select the path for saving the download file.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 295 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
Do not select the Ask where to save each file before downloading.
Figure 9-109 ✧
Change the Path for Download Files
Click OK.
Downloading Multiple Files
NOTE The Record List of Multiple File Download with Chrome is identical for trend recorder, measurement recorder, and waveform recorder. If you select the Multiple file download as a download type, proceed as follows:
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
295
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 296 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
✧
Select the multiple files in the Record list.
Figure 9-110 ✧
Value View and Evaluation Tab, Download Multiple Files (for Example Trend Recorder)
Click Download. The selected files are stored in the configured path directly.
296
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 297 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
Multiple File Download via Firefox The screenshots related with Firefox in this chapter are taken from Firefox V52.5.0 (32–bit). Parameterization of Firefox ✧
Start Firefox.
✧
Click Open menu -> Help -> Troubleshooting Information.
✧
Change the security settings.
Figure 9-111
Troubleshooting Information
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
297
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 298 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
✧
Click Open Folder.
Figure 9-112
Open Folder
✧
Open the mimeTypes.rdf file with a text-editor tool (for example Notepad) in the opened folder.
✧
Add the following content to the mimeTypes.rdf file at the end and save it. You can find the text in the Appendix Config File for Multiple File Download via Firefox.
Figure 9-113
298
Add New Contents
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 299 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
Selecting Path via Firefox ✧
Click Open menu -> Options.
Figure 9-114
Select Options
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
299
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 300 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
✧
Click Browse… to select the path for saving the download file.
Figure 9-115 ✧
Select Path
Click Select Folder.
Downloading Multiple Files The steps are the same as those for Downloading Multiple Files in Multiple File Download via Chrome.
300
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 301 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
9.4.2.6 Memory Management Memory management shows the current utilization (Used ratio) of the storage capacity for the individual recorders. To display the Used ratio on the screen, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Evaluation and data management menu and click Memory management. The Memory management input/output window opens.
Figure 9-116
Value View and Evaluation Tab, Memory Management Input/Output Window
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
301
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 302 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.4 Value View and Evaluation
9.4.2.7 Transient Detection In Transient detection, the occurrence of transient events is displayed in a table for evaluation. To display the transient events on the screen, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, click the Evaluation and data management menu and the menu item Transient detection.
Figure 9-117
Value View and Evaluation Tab, Transient Detection Input/Output Window
NOTE The last 255 transient events are displayed; older transient events are deleted automatically.
302
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 303 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
9.5
Maintenance In the Maintenance tab you can start the following functions: •
Update the firmware
•
Format SD card
•
Make various presettings
•
View and delete logs
•
View and delete transients
•
Analyze protocol-specific communication data
If you want to edit this tab, you need the Maintenance password. To open the Maintenance tab, proceed as follows: ✧
Select the Maintenance tab on the user interface.
Figure 9-118
Maintenance Tab
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
303
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 304 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
9.5.1
Firmware Upload During a firmware update, the device firmware, the default set of parameters, text libraries, HTML files or parts thereof are updated.
NOTE Before updating the firmware, Siemens recommends saving the current parameters set as described in section Activating the Set of Parameters.
NOTE If you have activated the option in your web browser to transfer the local directory name together with the file name when uploading files, then the total number of characters in the directory and file names may not exceed 100 English characters. Otherwise, the firmware in your device will not be updated.
9.5.1.1 Firmware Upload via User Interface NOTE Do not switch off the supply voltage during the firmware upload process. If you want to carry out a firmware update, you must stop the recording before manually. To update the firmware in the Maintenance tab, proceed as follows: ✧
Select Firmware upload in the navigation window.
Figure 9-119 ✧
304
Maintenance Tab, Firmware Upload - Enable Upload Input/Output Window
Click Enable upload.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 305 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
✧
Follow the notes in the following indication:
The Firmware processing dialog opens.
Figure 9-120
✧
Maintenance Tab, Firmware Processing - Open Input/Output Window
Click Browse... in the section Firmware upload. The Choose file dialog opens.
✧ ✧
Select the desired upload file (extension .pck or .cms depending on the current firmware version) in the directory. Click Open. The selected path is inserted in the Browse... field.
✧
Click Open.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
305
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 306 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
Follow the notes in the following indication:
Figure 9-121
Firmware-Upload Indication When Loading a .cms File
After approximately 2 min, the device restarts automatically and the Log on tab appears for reconnection with the device. The device firmware, default settings of parameters, text libraries, HTML files, or parts thereof are uploaded. You can find the firmware package in the download area in the Siemens Internet: https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109743592/?en-US. To upgrade the firmware to the latest version, select the following upload file: • File with extension .cms for upgrade from version V1.30 or later version to the latest version
NOTE A file with extension .cms includes a digital signature that protects the integrity and authenticity of the firmware package. If the firmware upload fails an error message is shown on the user interface. Following are some causes of failure: • Invalid file extension •
Invalid digital signature
•
Decoding failure
9.5.1.2 Abort Firmware Upload If you do not want to update the firmware, click Abort in the section Abort firmware upload. Follow the notes in the following indication:
Figure 9-122
306
Firmware-Upload Indication, Abort
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 307 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
SICAM Q100 will be restarted after 20 s in application mode.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
307
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 308 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
9.5.2
Formatting the SD Card NOTE When you format the SD card, all recorded data will get lost. If you want to preserve the data, save them before formatting as described in chapter 9.4.2.1, File Download -> Save CSV File, and chapter 9.4.2.5. If you want to format the SD card, proceed as follows: ✧
Select Format SD card in the navigation window.
Figure 9-123
✧
Maintenance Tab, Format SD card
Click Format SD card. The SD card is formatted and the following message appears:
Figure 9-124
✧
Maintenance Tab, Format SC card Completed
Follow the instructions in the message.
Observe messages appear if no SD card or a faulty SD card is used.
308
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 309 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
9.5.3
Presets
9.5.3.1 Counters (Energy Counters) To display and reset the energy counters, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Presets menu and click Counters.
Figure 9-125
✧
Maintenance Tab, Preset Counters
Click Reset energy counters. The Counter ticks, the calculated Energy value and the corresponding Quality bits are reset for all energy counters.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
309
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 310 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
9.5.3.2 Date/Time To set the date and time, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Presets menu and click Date/time.
Figure 9-126
✧
Maintenance Tab, Preset Date/time
You can either get the date and time from the connected computer or adjust it manually.
Get PC Date and Time ✧
In the input/output window, click Get PC date/time. The computer time is displayed in the fields of the input/output window and applied in the device.
Setting the Date and Time Manually (24-hour format) ✧
In the input/output window enter the desired time into the fields Day (format dd), Month (format mm), Year (format yyyy), Hour (format hh), and Minute (format mm).
✧
Click Set Date/time. The time you have entered is displayed in the fields of the input/output window and applied in the device.
310
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 311 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
9.5.3.3 Min/Max Values To reset the min/max values, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Presets menu and click Min/Max Values.
Figure 9-127
✧
Maintenance Tab, Preset Min/Max Values
Click Reset Min/Max Values. All min/max values are reset. The Action was successful indication is displayed on the status bar.
9.5.3.4 Load Profile To reset the load profile, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Presets menu and click Load profile.
Figure 9-128
✧
Maintenance Tab, Preset Load Profile
Click Delete load profile buffer. The load profile buffer is deleted. The Action was successful indication is displayed on the status bar.
9.5.3.5 Events To reset the PQ events, proceed as follows:
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
311
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 312 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
✧
In the navigation window, select the Presets menu and click Events.
Figure 9-129
Maintenance Tab, Events Default Setting
✧
Select the events you want to reset using the option fields.
✧
Click Reset PQ events. The selected PQ events are reset. The Action was successful indication is displayed on the status bar.
312
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 313 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
9.5.4
Message Logs
9.5.4.1 Operational Log To view and clear the Operational log (max. 128), proceed as follows:
NOTE The last 128 operational indications are displayed, older indications are automatically deleted. ✧
In the navigation window, select the Message Logs menu and click Operational log.
Figure 9-130 ✧
Maintenance Tab, Delete Log
Click Delete log in the input/output window. All operational indications in the input/output window are deleted without backup. The indication no. 0001 appears in the log list: Clear Operational Log.
NOTE If you need the operational indications, for example for subsequent analysis, save or print them out as described in chapter 9.2.7.2.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
313
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 314 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
9.5.4.2 Error Log NOTE Error messages are service information that you quote to the service department upon request in case of an error. To view and clear the Error log (max. 128), proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Message Logs menu and click Error log.
Figure 9-131 ✧
Maintenance Tab, Delete Error Log
Click Delete log in the input/output window. All error messages in the input/output window are deleted without backup. The indication no. 0001 appears in the log list: ***Error Log Cleared***.
NOTE If you need the error messages, for example for subsequent analysis, save or print them out as described in chapter 9.2.7.2.
314
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 315 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
9.5.4.3 Audit Log NOTE The function Audit Log is only applicable to the SICAM Q100 firmware V2.00 and higher. The device provides an audit log to track the security-relevant events. The audit log can only be viewed by a user assigned with the role of Security Auditor.
NOTE The audit log is only available via HTML pages, not via the device display. The audit log stores the latest 2048 audit messages. The older messages are automatically overwritten. You cannot delete the audit messages manually. For a new delivered device, audit logs created during production process are kept. The Audit log is located in the Maintenance tab. To view the Audit log, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select the Message logs -> Audit log. Audit messages are displayed on the HTML pages.
Figure 9-132
Maintenance Tab, Display Audit Log
To refresh the display of the audit log, click Audit log or press F5.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
315
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 316 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
The following table shows examples of events logged in the audit log. Table 9-50
Audit-Log Events in SICAM Q100 Event Type
316
Description
Modification of security-relevant parameterization
Modify following settings: • IP address • Modbus TCP access rights for port 502 • Modbus TCP access rights for user port • Modbus RTU access rights • Device name
Firmware update
Upload new firmware to the device
Logon succeeded
The correct user name and password are entered.
Logon failed
Incorrect user name and password have been entered for the times configured by the maximum consecutive attempts in the chapter 6.3.2.
Value forcing
Delete or reset the following data: • Operational log, error log, and transient log • Min/max values • Load profile • Energy counters • Events like voltage event, frequency event, voltageunbalance event, MSV event, RVC event
Configuration access
Upload a configuration file or start configuration
Configuration change
Change the configuration
Audit log access
Access the audit log
Time/date change
Change the time or the date
Device reboot
Device is rebooted due to: • Firmware upload • SD-card formatting • IP-address change • Default-gateway change • Subnet-mask change • Default IP setting change • User-language change • Network-type change • IED-name change • IEC 61850 enable • Power-quality values for PN and PP setting change • Voltage RMS value PN and PP setting change
SD card plugged
Plug in an SD card
SD card unplugged
Unplug the SD card
Default IP set
Request the default IP address by pressing key F4 on the device display for 5 s
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 317 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
Table 9-50
Audit-Log Events in SICAM Q100 Event Type
Description
Session terminated
Interactive session terminates due to time-out or session limitation
Manually log off
Log off manually
Capacity warning
The storage capacity of the security audit decreases below the threshold.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
317
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 318 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
9.5.5
Evaluation and Data Management – Transient Detection To display and delete the transient events, proceed as follows:
NOTE The last 255 transient events are displayed; older transient events are deleted automatically. ✧
In the navigation window, click the Value view and evaluation menu and the menu item Transient detection.
Figure 9-133
✧
Maintenance Tab, Delete Transient Events
Click Delete events in the input/output window. All transient events in the input/output window are deleted without backup. The indication no. 0001 appears in the log list: Transient events deleted. The indication Action was successful appears in the status bar.
318
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 319 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
9.5.6
Diagnosis
9.5.6.1 Diagnosis Modbus TCP NOTE The diagnostics data of Modbus TCP are displayed only if this bus protocol has been selected in the tab Configure Menu Administrative Element Ethernet communication. If the protocol has not been selected, the Diagnosis Modbus TCP input/output window displays -none-. ✧
In the navigation window, select the Diagnosis menu and click Modbus TCP. The Modbus TCP input/output window opens and the Modbus TCP protocol is displayed. For Modbus TCP the Standard server, the User-port server and the Connection data are analyzed.
Figure 9-134 ✧
Maintenance Tab, Diagnosis Modbus TCP Input/Output Window
To clear the counters for Modbus TCP, click Clear counters. All counters for Modbus TCP are reset to 0.
NOTE For further explanations on Modbus TCP diagnostics, refer to the System Manual SICAM Q100.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
319
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 320 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
9.5.6.2 Diagnosis Modbus RTU Master NOTE The diagnostics data of Modbus RTU Master are displayed only if this bus protocol has been selected in the tab Configure Menu Administrative Element Serial communication. If this bus protocol has not been selected, the menu option for selecting the Modbus RTU Master diagnostics data is not available. ✧
In the navigation window, click the Diagnosis menu and the menu item Modbus RTU Master. The input/output window of the Modbus RTU Master opens and the Modbus RTU Master protocol is displayed. The diagnosis for Modbus RTU Master and Modbus Gateway provides the following information:
Check of the state of the serial communication with telegram and error counters and an overview of the set serial interface parameters.
Overview of what request telegrams are sent by the Modbus RTU Master including request status for every telegram.
Overview of the last 5 telegrams sent by Modbus Gateway (only available if the Modbus Gateway function has been activated).
Overview of the last 8 sent commands
Figure 9-135 ✧
Maintenance Tab, Diagnosis Modbus RTU Master Input/Output Window
To clear the counters for Modbus RTU Master, click Clear counters. All counters for Modbus RTU Master are reset to 0.
NOTE The system manual gives more details about diagnosing Modbus RTU Master.
320
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 321 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
9.5.6.3 Diagnosis IEC 61850 NOTE The diagnostics data of IEC 61850 are only displayed if this bus protocol has been selected in Configure -> Administrative -> Communication Ethernet. If no protocol is selected, the Diagnosis IEC 61850 input/output window shows the entry -none-. ✧
In the navigation window, select the Diagnosis menu and click IEC 61850. The IEC 61850 input/output window opens and the protocol is displayed. The Ethernet interface is then analyzed.
Figure 9-136
Maintenance Tab, Diagnosis IEC 61850 Input/Output Window
NOTE The system manual provides more details on diagnosing IEC 61850.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
321
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 322 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
9.5.6.4 OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) NOTE The diagnostic data of OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) is displayed only if you have activated OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) in Configure Administrative Communication Ethernet. If you have not activated OPC UA PubSub (MQTT), the option OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) is invisible under Diagnosis in the navigation window. ✧
In the navigation window, select the Diagnosis menu and click OPC UA PubSub (MQTT). The OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) input/output window opens. The diagnostic data of OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) is then analyzed.
Figure 9-137
Maintenance Tab, Diagnosis OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) Input/Output Window
Broker and Network The Broker and network section shows the following information: Table 9-51
Information in the Broker and Network Section Parameter
322
Information
Broker IP address or host name
Configured
Topic name
Configured
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 323 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
Table 9-51
Information in the Broker and Network Section Parameter
Information
DNS server IP address
The field is empty if the broker IP address is shown in Broker IP address or host name.
Publisher ID
Identification of the device in the cloud server
Data transmission
The number of transmitted data points with different types, depending on the configuration
Status This Status section shows the status or errors of the connection to the MQTT Broker. It consists of the status or errors and additional information if available. Table 9-52
Status Type
Status or Error
Additional Information
Description and Solution
Device date and time are invalid.
-
Set the date and time of the device or check the NTP time synchronization.
No certificates loadeded.
-
Upload certificates for MQTT communication.
Broker IP address or host name is missing.
-
Configure an IP address or a host name for the broker.
DNS server IP address is missing.
-
If you have configured a host name for the broker, you must configure a DNS server address.
Trying to receive the broker IP address via DNS
-
The IP address of the broker is requested via DNS.
DNS response time-out DNS error
There is an error or no response from the DNS server. Check the communication line and IP address of the DNS server.
-
The IP address of the broker is known. The device tries to connect to the broker.
Connection time-out Connection error
Connection error Check the communication line and firewall settings or whether the broker is online.
TLS handshake alert:
An error described in occurs during the TLS handshake. Check the loaded certificates.
Trying to connect to the broker
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
323
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 324 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
Table 9-52
Status Type
Status or Error
Additional Information
Description and Solution
Connected to the broker, publishing data
-
Connection is established and data is sent to the broker.
Disconnected from the broker, trying to reconnect
-
Connection to the broker is interrupted. The device tries to reconnect to the broker.
Connection time-out Connection error
Connection error Check the communication line and firewall settings or whether the broker is online.
Connection Statistics The Connection statistics section shows the number of sent and received messages that can be additionally used for communication-status analysis. Table 9-53
Connection Statistics
Statistic Counter
Description MQTT
Connect
Times that the device connects to the broker
Sent messages
The number of sent messages on MQTT level to the broker
Disconnect
Times that the device disconnects to the broker OPC UA PubSub
Key frames
The number of sent key frames
Meta frames
The number of sent meta frames
Keep alive
The number of sent keep-alive messages
File transfer Ok/Err
The number of successful or unsuccessful sent files
Delta frames sum
The sum number of sent delta frames
Delta frams per s
The number of delta frames sent in last second
Certificates Information The Certificates information section shows the identification and the effective dates for each of the loaded certificates.
324
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 325 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.5 Maintenance
9.5.6.5 One Click to Customer Care The SICAM Q100 device provides a fast way to get support from Siemens. To reduce the efforts for getting fast and comprehensive support, you can collect the relevant data to generate a file by a click and send it to Siemens Energy Customer Support Center via the Secure File Exchange for customer support.
Figure 9-138
Maintenance Tab, One Click to Customer Care
To collect and send the relevant data in the Maintenance tab, proceed as follows: ✧
In the navigation window, select Diagnosis and click One click to customer care.
✧
Click Save under One click to customer care.
✧
Save the file into a destination folder.
✧
Send the file to Siemens Energy Customer Support Center via the Secure File Exchange.
The file saved from One click to customer care contains 5 subfiles inside. They are respectively the device information, Ethernet statistics, the configuration file, the runtime statistics and the syslog.
Figure 9-139
Files Saved from One Click to Customer Care
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
325
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 326 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.6 AC Calibration
9.6
AC Calibration The device comes calibrated from the factory and does not require recalibration throughout its entire service life. If the device must be recalibrated, for example, due to unaccountable measured-value deviations, this recalibration may only be performed by Siemens. If you assume that SICAM Q100 measurements deviate from the operating values, contact Siemens Energy Customer Support Center (see Preface) and/or send the device to the respective Siemens representative upon consultation.
326
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 327 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.7 Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation
9.7
Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation
9.7.1
Task Definition
9.7.2
✧
Set the parameters via the Ethernet interface using the default IP address set upon delivery of the device.
✧
Configure SICAM Q100 according to the topology.
✧
Parameterize the indication of a limit violation for Vab > 11 kV with 10 % hysteresis and name the indication.
✧
Parameterize a binary output that is switched on for the duration of the limit violation.
✧
Communicate via serial communication using device address 1, with a baud rate of 19.2 kbit/s, even parity, full access rights, and a monitoring time of 1 min.
✧
Parameterize the Ethernet communication according to the network configuration specified by the system operator.
✧
Assign any name and specify the time/date format as YYYY-MM-DD and the time in 24-hour format.
✧
Parameterize the Measurement recorder with an averaging time of 2 hours and activate the averaging recorders for minimum and maximum values. Record all voltage harmonics.
✧
Allocate 50 % storage capacity to the Measurement recorder.
✧
Take over the factory-set report configuration.
✧
Activate the device configuration you have created as the active parameter set.
✧
Perform measurements, acquire the limiting value indication and record the measured values as defined in the task.
Initial Situation
Topology •
4-wire system
•
Rated input voltage (ph-ph): AC 10 kV
•
Rated input current: AC 100 A
•
Rated frequency: 50 Hz
•
Connection: any load via transformers
•
Voltage transformer: 10 000 V : 100 V
•
Current transformer: 100 A : 1 A
•
Primary nominal voltage: 230.00 V
•
Communication via Ethernet and RS485 interfaces
Network Configuration •
Default IP address: 192.168.0.55
•
User IP address: 192.168.1.40 (customer-specific)
•
Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
•
Default gateway: 192.168.1.1
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
327
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 328 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.7 Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation
Features of the SICAM Q100 •
4 inputs for alternating current measurements
•
4 inputs for alternating voltage measurements
•
2 binary inputs
•
2 binary outputs
•
Standard interface: Ethernet with Modbus TCP protocol
•
Serial interface: RS485 with Modbus RTU protocol
•
4 LEDs for displaying operating states
•
Recorder
Connection Diagram
a
b
a
a
b
b
B
B
B
A
A
A
PE
S1
a
P1
b
S1
S2
S2
S1
je 10 A
S2
P2
P1
c
P2
P1
P2
N
Figure 9-140
Connection Diagram
Device Terminals Used for Measurements and Communication Ethernet connection via RJ45 on the device top side
Binary inputs RS485 interface
Current measuring inputs
s Voltage measuring inputs
Supply voltage Figure 9-141 328
Terminals and Interfaces Used at the Device SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 329 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.7 Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation
9.7.3
Parameterization as Defined by the Task
Requirements SICAM Q100 is electrically connected to the system and commissioned as described in chapter 7.7. Rated voltages and currents at the measuring inputs are switched off. Parameterization
NOTE If you change settings in tabs, click Send on each tab to confirm the new setting. The settings are activated only after the entire parameterization has been completed. ✧
Start the user interface as described in chapter 9.2.1 (initial startup) or chapter 9.2.7 (start during operation). Use the factory-preset IP address for this purpose.
✧
On the Configure tab, configure the element AC measurement (see chapter 9.3.3.1.1) according to the following topology specifications:
Figure 9-142
Configure Tab, AC Measurement Example
NOTE If you are using Ethernet communication with IEC 61850 bus protocol (chapter 9.3.7.2) and change the Network type, the device will restart.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
329
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 330 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.7 Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation
✧
Configure a limit violation indication on the Configure tab, Limits 1-8 item (see chapter 9.3.3.2) as follows:
Figure 9-143
✧
Configure binary output G1/2 on the Configure tab, Binary outputs item (see chapter 9.3.3.1.3) as follows:
Figure 9-144
330
Configure Tab, Limits Example
Configure Tab, Binary Outputs Example
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 331 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.7 Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation
✧
On the Configure tab configure the Serial communication menu item (see chapter 9.3.7.3) as follows:
Figure 9-145
✧
Configure Tab, Serial Communication Example
On the Configure tab set the Communication Ethernet menu item (see chapter 9.3.7.2) according to the configuration specified by the system operator, for example as follows:
Figure 9-146
Configure Tab, Communication Ethernet Example
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
331
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 332 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.7 Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation
✧
On the Configure tab, Device and language menu item assign a device name and the format for the date and time display on the HTML pages as described in chapter 9.3.7.7.
Figure 9-147
✧
On the Configure tab, Recorder management menu item (see chapter 9.3.6.3), configure the Measurement recorder with an averaging time of 2 hours and the recorders of average to record all voltage harmonics.
Figure 9-148
332
Configure Tab, Device and Language Example
Configure Tab, Recorder Management Example
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 333 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.7 Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation
✧
On the Configure tab, Memory management menu item (see chapter 9.4.2.6) allocate 50 % of the storage capacity to the Measurement recorder and activate the ring buffer function.
Figure 9-149
Configure Tab, Memory Management Example
✧
Confirm the factory-set report configuration (see chapter 9.3.6.6).
✧
On the Configure tab, Recording control menu item (see chapter 9.3.6.7) select Start immediately.
Figure 9-150
✧
Configure Tab, Start Immediately Example
Go to the Configure tab, Save configuration to file menu item to save your device configuration as the active parameter set as described in Save Configuration to File.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
333
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 334 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.7 Example of a Parameterization and Measured Value Evaluation
✧
Enable the active parameter set in the device as described in Activating the Set of Parameters.
NOTE After changing the network settings and subsequent parameter activation the device will reset.
9.7.4
Performing the Measurement ✧
Switch on the rated voltages and rated currents at the measuring inputs E and F of SICAM Q100 observing the safety notes given in chapter 7.7.
✧
Read the measured values from the Value view and Evaluation tab by calling the Operational parameters, Harmonics, AC power and energy, Binary outputs and Limits menu items according to chapter 9.4 in the navigation window. The user interface displays the status of binary output G1/2 which corresponds to the parameterized indication Vab_>11kV. If the parameterized limit of the voltage Vab is exceeded, a corresponding limit violation indication is displayed in the table.
NOTE Measured values and indications are refreshed after 5 s on the Value view and Evaluation tab. ✧
334
Display the power quality events and the memory utilization on the Value view and Evaluation tab.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 335 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.8 Flowchart of Modbus RTU Master and Modbus Gateway Parameterization
9.8
Flowchart of Modbus RTU Master and Modbus Gateway Parameterization Start
Configure serial communication and select bus protocol "Modbus RTU Master"
[Gateway function required?]
User interface: Configure: Communicationserial (chapt. 8.3.7.3)
Configure Ethernet communication and select bus protocol "Modbus TCP" User interface: Configure: Communication Ethernet(chapt. 8.3.7.2)
[Only Modbus RTU Master required]
Configure Modbus slave device
[Also Modbus RTU Master required]
User interface: Configure: Modbus slave devices (chapt. 8.3.7.4)
Configure Modbus Gateway settings User interface: Configure: Communication Ethernet(chapt. 8.3.7.2.1)
[Another Modbus slave device and different device type than configured before?]
Configure data mapping for the Modbus slave device User interface: Configure: Mapping - Measured values (chapt. 8.3.7.4.2) Configure: Mapping - Indications (chapt. 8.3.7.4.3)
[No more Modbus slave devices to configure]
Final
[Another Modbus slave device from same type than configured before?]
Import a saved Modbus slave device configuration with mapping information User interface: Configure: Mapping - Import (chapt. 8.3.7.4.5)
Figure 9-151
Export already configured Modbus slave device with mapping information as file User interface: Configure: Mapping - Export (chapt. 8.3.7.4.4)
Flowchart of Modbus RTU Master and Modbus Gateway Parameterization
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
335
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 336 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
9 Operation at Use of a PC 9.8 Flowchart of Modbus RTU Master and Modbus Gateway Parameterization
336
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 337 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display
10
Operation at Use of the Display
10.1
General Operating Instructions
338
10.2
Starting Operation
340
10.3
Display Content
341
10.4
Parameterization
343
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
337
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 338 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.1 General Operating Instructions
10.1
General Operating Instructions The SICAM Q100 can be operated both using HTML pages from the connected PC and the softkeys at the device. This chapter describes the softkey-based operation. The front softkeys F1 to F4 are used to set parameters, select measured quantities, and enter various settings. The following table lists the icons which appear on the display when the softkeys are pressed. Table 10-1
Control Functions of the Softkeys Softkey Functions
F1
F2
F3
F4
General Softkey Functions Display of the RMS value
Canceling an action and returning to the action displayed previously Displaying the maximum value
Displaying the minimum value
Scrolling up
Scrolling down
Menu selection
Acknowledging the selection
Special Softkey Functions Displaying the table of the value
Displaying the graph
Displaying additional information
Active energy supply
Active energy consumption
Inductive reactive energy
338
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 339 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.1 General Operating Instructions
Table 10-1
Control Functions of the Softkeys (cont.) Softkey Functions
F1
F2
F3
F4
Capacitive reactive energy
Scrolling left
Scrolling right
Displaying the next additional information
Switching to edit mode
Exiting edit mode
Increasing the displayed value or switching forward in the parameter list in edit mode Reducing the displayed value or switching backward in the parameter list in edit mode Switchover the sign
+/-
Switching between selected and non-selected state (e.g. password protection on password protection off)
Table 10-2
Icons in the Title Bar of the Display Icon
Definition The device is password-protected.
The device password was entered correctly and the device is unlocked.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
339
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 340 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.2 Starting Operation
10.2
Starting Operation Before starting the device, the following preconditions must be satisfied: ✧
Mount the SICAM Q100 as described in chapter 7.2.
✧
Connect the lines for measurement, communication and supply voltage as described in chapter 7.3 and observe the safety provisions.
✧
Switch on the devices needed for the measurement.
✧
Switch on the supply voltage of the SICAM Q100.
✧
Check whether the LEDs at the SICAM Q100 signal that the device is ready (see chapter 13.2).
The following picture is displayed while the device is being initialized after switching on the supply voltage:
Figure 10-1
Start Screen
Once the device has initialized, the currently selected screen with measured values is displayed.
NOTE The following pictures only show the display without the front view of the device.
340
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 341 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.3 Display Content
10.3
Display Content
Display of the Menus In the main menu all submenus are listed on the display:
Title
Menu/submenu
Display number
Password icon
Diagnostics
Scroll bar
Submenu Settings Start/end of the list
Selectable measured quantities
Selected display
Current functions of the softkeys Figure 10-2
Display Content
The display can be switched between inverse mode and non-inverse mode, see chapter 10.4.4, submenu display number 32.7: Display). Display of Measured Values Measured values are displayed as follows:
Voltage ph -n
230.01 V
b
231.03 V
c
229.98 V
n
7.23 V
III I
a
Max Figure 10-3
1.0
Menu
Display of Measured Values
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
341
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 342 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.3 Display Content
Display of Bar Charts Bar charts are displayed as follows:
Harm. voltage
15.0 III I
[%] 0.2
0.1
2
Figure 10-4
3
Max
4
5
6
7
8
9
Menu
Bar Chart Display
Display of Phasor Diagrams Phasor diagrams are displayed as follows:
Phasor diagram
14.0 III I
Vc
Va Vb
Figure 10-5
342
Tab.
Menü
Display of Phasor Diagrams
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 343 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
10.4
Parameterization Softkeys F1 to F4 are used for parameterization taking the display content into consideration. Proceed as described in the following menus.
NOTE Remember that the parameterization on the device is subject to restrictions. Full parameterization requires a PC and the HTML pages.
Menu Tree of the Main Menu
30.0
28.0
Tariff 8
31.0
32.0
60.0
Long flicker ph-ph
50.0
Operation log
35.0 to 38.0
User def. Screens 1 to 4
Figure 10-6
PQ events
80.0
34.0 Binary in-/ outputs state
27.0
Long flicker ph-n
24.0 Tariff 4
33.0
Tariff 7
Short flicker ph-ph
Phase unbal. Vnb, Inb
23.0
20.0 Active factor cos
29.0
Tariff 3
26.0
Tariff 6
Short flicker ph-n
19.0
25.0
15.0 Harm. voltage V
22.0
16.0 Harm. current I
THDS voltage THDS-V
App. energy VAh
Tariff 2
Tariff 5
18.0 React. energy varh
Tariff 1
11.0
17.0
14.0
12.0
Power factor PF
Frequency Hz
Phasor diagram
Active energy Wh
Disp. angles
13.0 THDS current THDS-I
21.0
10.0
7.0 Total power P, Q1, S
9.0 Tot. pwr.factor PF tot
8.0
6.0 App. power S (VA)
4.0 Active power P (W)
Current I
5.0 React. power Q1 (var)
3.0
Voltage Vph-ph
2.0
1.0 Voltage Vph-n
10.4.1
Settings
Menu Tree of the Main Menu
NOTE The user-defined screens (35.0 through 38.0) are only visible on the display if they were activated using the HTML pages (see chapter 9.3.4.2). SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
343
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 344 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
10.4.2
Measured Quantities Submenus NOTE To return to the main menu from within any submenu, press the F4 Menu softkey.
Submenu Display Number 1 through 11, 20 and 33: Measured Quantities •
Voltage Vph-n, Voltage Vph-ph
•
Current I
•
Active Power P, React. Power Q, App. Power S, Total Power P, Q, S
•
Power factor PF, Tot. Pwr.factor PF tot
•
Disp. angles
•
Frequency
•
Active factor cos j Enter 1 to 11, 20, 33
1.0 to 11.0, 20.0, 33.0
Measurement
Min
Max 1.1 to 11.1, 20.1, 33.1
Instantaneous measurement
Inst. 1.2 to 11.2, 20.2, 33.2
Maximum
Minimum
Menu
Figure 10-7
Submenus of the Display Numbers 1 to 11, 20 and 33, Various Measured Quantities
Submenu Display Number 12 and 13: THDS Voltage and THDS Current Enter
Max
12, 13
Inst.
12.0, 13.0
THDS-V THDS-I
12.1, 13.1
THDS-Vph-n THDS-I
THDS-Vph-n max THDS-I max
Menu
Figure 10-8
Submenu Display Number 12 and 13, THDS V and THDS I
Submenu Display Number 14: Phasor Diagram Enter 14
Tab.
Graph
14.0 Graphic Phasor diagram
Phasor diagram
14.1 Table Phasor diagram
Menu
Figure 10-9
344
Submenu Display Number 14, Phasor Diagram
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 345 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
Submenu Display Number 15 and 16: Harmonics V and Harmonics I (Bar Charts) Enter
Max
15, 16
Inst.
15.0, 16.0
Harm. voltage V Harm. current I
15.1, 16.1
Harm. voltage Harm. current
Harm. voltage max Harm. current max
Info
ESC
Selection of harmonics
Details to all harmonics
Details
Menu
Figure 10-10
15.2, 16.2
Submenu Display Number 15 and 16, Harmonics V and Harmonics I
Submenu Display Number 17: Active Energy Enter
DMD
17
SUP
17.0
Active energy Wh
17.1
Active energy sup
Active energy dmd
Menu
Figure 10-11
Submenu Display Number 17, Active Energy
Submenu Display Number 18: Reactive Energy Enter
CAP
18
IND
18.0
React. energy varh
18.1
React. energy ind.
React. energy cap.
Menu
Figure 10-12
Submenu Display Number 18, Reactive Energy
Submenu Display Number 19: Apparent Energy Enter 19 App. energy VAh
Figure 10-13
Menu 19.0 Apparent energy Values
Submenu Display Number 19, Apparent Energy
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
345
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 346 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
Submenu Display Number 21 to 28: Tariff 1 to Tariff 8 Enter
Menu
21 to 28
21.0 to 28.0
Tariff 1 to Tariff 8
Tariff 1 to Tariff 8
Figure 10-14
Submenu Display Number 21 to 28, Tariff 1 to Tariff 8
Submenu Display Number 29 to 32: Flicker
29.0
29.0
Short flicker ph-n
Menu
Pst ph-n a, b, c Enter 30.0
Short flicker ph-ph
30.0 Pst ph-ph ab, bc, ca
31.0 Long flicker ph-n
31.0 Plt ph-n a, b, c
32.0 Long flicker ph-ph
Figure 10-15
32.0 Plt ph-ph ab, bc, ca
Submenu Display Number 29 to 32, Flicker
Submenu Display Number 34: Binary in-/outputs Enter
Menu
34 Binary in-/ outputs state
Figure 10-16
346
34.0 State I/O: BI, BO: Off/On
Submenu Display Number 34, Binary In-/Outputs
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 347 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
10.4.3
Submenus for Diagnostics NOTE To return to the main menu from within any submenu, press the F1 Esc softkey.
Submenu Display Number 50: Operational Logs
50
Enter
Enter
Esc
50.0
Operational logs
50.1
List of operational logs
Analysis of operational logs
Esc
Figure 10-17
Submenu Display Number 50, Operational Logs
Submenu Display Number 60: PQ Events
60
Enter
Enter
Esc
60.0
PQ events
List of PQ events
60.1 Analysis of PQ events
Esc
Figure 10-18
Submenu Display Number 60, PQ Events
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
347
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 348 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
10.4.4
Menu Tree of the Settings Submenu NOTE To return to the main menu, press the F1 Esc softkey from within any item of the Settings submenu.
Enter
Device information
80.2
80.1
Settings
Language / Regional
80.3
80.0
Basic parameters
80.4 Load profile
Figure 10-19
80.7 Display
80.6
80.8 Advanced
Communication
80.5 Date/Time
Menu Tree of Submenu 80.0, Settings
NOTE You cannot make any settings in the Device information 80.1 submenu. All other submenus will prompt you to enter a password before editing settings when the device has restarted.
Submenu Display Number 80.2: Language/Regional
Edit
+
Ok
80.2
Enter
80.2
Language English
Deutsch English
80.2 Language / Regional
Edit
+
Ok
80.2 Esc
Figure 10-20
348
Phase labels a, b, c
80.2 L1,L2... a,b,c
Submenu Display Number 80.2, Language/Regional
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 349 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
Submenu Display Number 80.3: Basic Parameters Enter
82.0
82.0 Connection type Use PTs? etc.
Voltage inputs X
Enter
80.3
Edit
Enter
Edit
82.1
Basic parameters
82.1 Current inputs Use CTs?
Current inputs Y
Enter
Edit
82.2
82.2
Zero point sup . X or Y
+ -
Ok
Esc
Zero point sup . Setting value
Select. parameters acc . to following table
Figure 10-21
Submenu Display Number 80.3, Basic Parameters
NOTE The selection of the transformers only becomes active after a delay of 5 s.
Table 10-3
Basic Parameter Settings Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Voltage Inputs Connection type
3P4W
1P2W (1-phase system) 3P3WB (three-wire, equal load) 3P3W_2I (three-wire, any load (2*I)) 3P3W_3I (three-wire, any load (3*I)) 3P4WB (four-wire, equal load) 3P4W (four-wire, any load)
Use PTs?
No (no checkmark)
Yes (checkmark) No (no checkmark)
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
349
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 350 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
Table 10-3
Basic Parameter Settings (cont.) Parameter
Use PTs: PT primary PT secondary Primary nominal voltage (Phase-N/PE)
Default Setting
Setting Range
AC 10 000 V AC 100 V
AC 100 V to 1 000,000 V AC 1 V to 460 V
230.00 V
AC 57.73 V to 400 V (autorange)
IEC 61000-4-30 Class A: to AC 230 V: 200 % overvoltage
> AC 230 V to 400 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage
UL conditions:
to AC 170 V: 200 % overvoltage > AC 170 V to 300 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage
Current Inputs Use CTs?
No (no checkmark)
Yes (checkmark) No (no checkmark)
Use CTs: CT primary CT secondary Separate CT In1)?
AC 1 000.00 A AC 1.00 A No (no checkmark)
AC 1.0 A to 100 000.0 A AC 1.0 A to 10.00 A Yes (checkmark) No (no checkmark)
AC 1 000.00 A
AC 1.0 A to 100 000.0 A
Separate CT In? CT Primary In
Zero-Point Suppression Zero-point suppression (in % of Vrated and Irated) 1)
350
0.3 %
0.0 % to 10.0 %
Separate CT In is available only if the following Connection type is selected: 3P4W (four-wire, any load).
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 351 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
Submenu Display Number 80.4: Load Profile
NOTE If you select the Load profile parameter, this note is displayed first: Changing these parameters resets the load profile! To confirm, press the softkey F4 (Ok).
Edit 80.4 Sub period time
Edit 80.4
No. of sub periods
Enter 80.4
Edit
Load profile 80.4 Sync.source
Edit 80.4 Reactive power
Esc
+ -
Ok Select parameters acc . to following table.
Figure 10-22
Table 10-4
Submenu Display Number 80.4, Load Profile
Load Profile Settings Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Subperiod
15 min
1 min to 6 min in 1-min steps, 10 min, 12 min, 15 min, 20 min, 30 min, 60 min
Subperiods
1
1 to 5
Sync.source
Interne Uhr
None Protocol BinIn1 (binary input1) BinIn2 (binary input 2) Int. clock
Reactive power
Q1
Q1 Qn Qtot
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
351
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 352 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
Submenu Display Number 80.5: Date/Time Edit 80.5 Time source
Edit 80.5 Date Edit
Enter 80.5
80.5
Date/Time
Format
Edit 80.5 Time Edit 80.5 Time zone
Esc
+ -
Ok
Select parameters acc . to following table.
Figure 10-23
Table 10-5
Submenu Display Number 80.5, Date/Time
Date/Time Settings Parameter
352
Default Setting
Setting Range
Time source
internal
internal Ethernet NTP Fieldbus
Date
Current date
setting according to format
Format
YYYY-MM-DD24
YYYY-MM-DD24 YYYY-MM-DD12 DD.MM.YYYY24 DD.MM.YYYY12 MM/DD/YY24 MM/DD/YY12
Time
Current time
setting according to format
Time zone
00:00
-12 to +13 (hours) (in increments of 0.5 h)
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 353 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
Submenu Display Number 80.6: Communication Esc
Ok Change the para meters acc. to following table
87.0
87.0 MAC addr. IP addr. Subnet Gateway
IP Address
Edit
Enter
Enter
Edit
Enter
80.6
87.1
Communication
87.1
Communication Ethernet
Bus protocol: - Modbus TCP - IEC61850
Enter
Edit
87.2
87.2 Bus protocol: - Modbus RTU - Modbus Master -None
Communication Serial
Enter 87.13
87.13
Modbus TCP/ RTU gateway
Activated Not activated
+ Edit
Esc Ok
Esc
Select parameters acc. to following table.
Figure 10-24
+
Ok Working on choice
Submenu Display Number 80.6, Communication
NOTE The MAC address is shown on the display but cannot be edited. For this purpose, a prompt is displayed which you must acknowledge with Ok.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
353
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 354 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
Table 10-6
IP Address Settings Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
MAC address
fixed
IP address 1)
192.168.0.55
Any 0.0.0.0 = DHCP
Subnet 1)
255.255.255.0
Any
Gateway 1)
192.168.0.1
Any
1)
After the communication parameters have been changed, the device restarts. For this purpose, a prompt is displayed which you must acknowledge with Ok.
Table 10-7
Ethernet Communication Settings Parameter
Default Setting
Bus protocol
Modbus TCP
Setting Range none Modbus TCP IEC 61850 Both
Ethernet Communication - Modbus TCP Bus Protocol Access rights for port 502
full
full read only
Keepalive time
10 s
0 s = switched off 1 s to 65,535 s
Communication monitoring time
600 * 100 ms
0 s = none 100 ms to 6 553 400 ms
Use user port number 1)
No
No Yes
User port number 1) (only settable if Set user port number is parameterized with yes)
10 000
10 000 to 65 535
Access right for user port (only settable if Set user port number is parameterized with yes)
full
full read only
Ethernet Communication - IEC 61850 Bus Protocol
354
IED Name
SICAM_Q100_01
read only
Voltage - Deadband
5%
1 % to 5 % in increments of 1 %
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 355 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
Table 10-7
Ethernet Communication Settings (cont.)
Current - Deadband
5%
1 % to 5 % in increments of 1 %
Power - Deadband
5%
1 % to 5 % in increments of 1 %
Power factor - Deadband
5%
2% to 5 % in increments of 1 %
Frequency - Deadband
0,05
0.02 % 0.05 %
1)
After enabling the parameter changes, any currently active Modbus TCP connections will be closed. The Modbus TCP client must later re-open these connections.
Table 10-8
Serial Communication Settings – Modbus RTU and Modbus RTU Master Bus Protocols Parameter
Bus protocol
Default Setting Modbus RTU
Setting Range None Modbus RTU Modbus Master
Bus Protocol Modbus RTU (Slave) Device address
1
1 to 247
Baud rate
19 200 bit/s
For the selection, see chapter 16
Parity
Even
For the selection, see chapter 16
Access rights
Full
Full Read only
Communication supervision time
600 * 100 ms
0 s = none 100 ms to 6 553 400 ms
Bus Protocol Modbus RTU Master Baud rate
19 200 bit/s
For the selection, see chapter 16
Parity
even
For the selection, see chapter 16
Additional inter-character timeout
1 ms
0 ms to 100 ms
Maximum 0x/1x register gap
40
0 to 200
Maximum 3x/4x register gap
10
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
355
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 356 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
Table 10-9
Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway Settings Parameter
Setting Range
Activated
no
no yes
Unit ID of this device
255
1 to 255
Retry limit 1)
2
0 to 10
Response timeout 1)
50 ms
(1 to 6 000) * 10 ms = 10 ms to 60 s
1)
356
Default Setting
These values are necessary if no Modbus slave device has been configured for the requested Unit ID. If a Modbus slave device was configured, its values are used.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 357 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
Submenu Display Number 80.7: Display
Edit 80.7 Contrast
Edit 80.7 Time until dimmed
Edit
Enter 80.7
80.7
Display
Invert display
Edit 80.7 Refresh time
Enter 80.7 Display test... F4 View point raster
Esc
+ -
Ok Select parameters acc . to following table.
Figure 10-25
Submenu Display Number 80.7, Display
Table 10-10 Display Settings Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Contrast
8
0 to 10
Time until dimmed
10
0 min to 99 min
Invert display
No (no checkmark)
Yes (checkmark) No (no checkmark)
Refresh time
1 000
330 ms to 3 000 ms
Display test
View point raster
No setting range
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
357
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 358 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
Submenu Display Number 80.8: Advanced
Figure 10-26
Submenu Display Number 80.8, Advanced
Table 10-11 Advanced Settings Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Limit Values 1 to 16 Source
-none-
For the selection, see chapter 16
Mode
lower than
greater than smaller than
Value
0
-1 000 000 000 to +1 000 000 000 (unit)
Reset hysteresis
1.0 %
0.0 % to 10.0 %
State
ON
ON OFF (O) acc. to current configuration Record
Record on
358
-
Yes (checkmark) No
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 359 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
Table 10-11 Advanced Settings (cont.) Reset Clear min/max values
-
Yes (checkmark) No
Reset counters
-
Yes (checkmark) No
Execute... (prompt whether selected function is executed)
-
Confirm with Enter
Password Protection If you have selected the option Use password = no on the user interface (see chapter 6.2.2), you can use the softkeys to parameterize the device without entering a password. If you have selected the option Use password = yes on the user interface (see chapter 6.2.2), you must first enter the HIMI password (default setting 000000) before you can edit the device settings. A prompt is displayed for this purpose. After you have entered the correct password, you can edit the parameterization using the softkeys within the next 15 minutes. After this time you have to re-enter the password at the device.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
359
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 360 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
10 Operation at Use of the Display 10.4 Parameterization
10.4.5
User-defined Screens Submenus
NOTE The user-defined screens (35.0 through 38.0) are only visible on the display if they were activated using the HTML pages (see chapter 9.3.4.2).
35.0
...
User def. screen 1 ENTER
MENU
36.0 User def. screen 2
Values or bars 37.0
User def. screen 3 38.0 User def. screen 4
Figure 10-27
36.0
... ...
Submenus User-defined Screens 1 to 4
Depending on which display type was selected, the measured values are displayed numerically or as bars.
360
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 361 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
11 Time Synchronization
11
Time Synchronization
11.1
General
362
11.2
Internal Time Keeping
362
11.3
External Time Synchronization per NTP
363
11.4
External Time Synchronization via Fieldbus
364
11.5
Internal Time Synchronization via RTC
364
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
361
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 362 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
11 Time Synchronization 11.1 General
11.1
General During operation, SICAM Q100 needs the date and time for all time-relevant processes. The term time is used throughout this section to refer to both the date and the time. The time synchronization in the SICAM Q100 is necessary to guarantee a common time basis for the communication with peripheral devices and time stamping of the process data. SICAM Q100 supports both external and internal time synchronization. The type of time synchronization is specified during the parameterization (see chapter 9.3.7.1). The external time synchronization from an NTP server is preferred.
11.2
Internal Time Keeping
11.2.1
Time Format The internal time is kept in UTC (Universal Time Coordinated) from 01.01.2000, 00:00 to 31.12.2099, 23:59. To display the local time, for example on the HTML pages, you can configure a local time correction factor and the automatic adjustment to daylight saving time during parameterization (see chapter 9.3.7.1).
11.2.2
Status Bits
FAIL Status Bit The FAIL status bit implemented in the SICAM Q100 signals with "0" that the time is valid and with "1" that the time is invalid. The status of the FAIL bit corresponds to the "Clock error" operational indication, see chapter 14.1. The following table lists the time stamps of events or indications for the displayed operational, error logs, and audit logs according to status bit set/not set using the example of date 2010-09-26, time 13:49.35246:
Tabelle 11-1 FAIL Status Bit for Time Synchronization via NTP Server FAIL
Output
0
2010-09-26 13:49.35:246
1
2010-09-26 13?49?35?246
DST Status Bit With "1", the DST status bit implemented in the SICAM Q100 signals that the local daylight saving time is active. The operational indication "Daylight saving time" is displayed.
362
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 363 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
11 Time Synchronization 11.3 External Time Synchronization per NTP
11.3
External Time Synchronization per NTP
General To synchronize the time via an external source, SICAM Q100 is equipped with an SNTP client (SNTP = Simple Network Time Protocol) that can be connected to 2 NTP servers (NTP = Network Time Protocol), the primary and the secondary (redundant) NTP server. The chapter 9.3.7.1 describes how to set the parameters of the 2 servers. NTP is used for external time synchronization via Ethernet. The SNTP client sends a time request to the NTP server once a minute. The time synchronization error is ±5 ms referred to UTC time of the NTP server. The time stamp of the NTP server has a 64-bit format. Counting is accomplished in seconds and fractions of seconds.
NOTE The time format is described in detail in the RFC 5905 (Request for Comments 5905 for NTP).
Time Synchronization Procedure The device was set to external time synchronization (Ethernet NTP) during the parameterization. After switching on or resetting the device, the FAIL bit is first set to "1" (=invalid) and the device sends a time request to the NTP server. After receiving the time information from the NTP server via Ethernet, the FAIL bit is set to "0" (=valid) and the internal timer (RTC) is updated. The SNTP client repeats the time request to the NTP server cyclically once every minute. If the primary NTP server fails (for example, no response to a request twice or one of the criteria at "Redundant NTP server" satisfied) and if the secondary NTP server is operational (always polled in parallel), the device switches to the secondary NTP server. The FAIL bit remains = 0. In this case, the operational indication "Primary NTP Server Error" is displayed, see chapter 14.1. If the secondary NTP server is also invalid, the FAIL bit will be set to 1 after the programmable timer Error indication after has expired, and the "Clock Error" indication is output. Redundant NTP Servers The time synchronization supports a primary and a secondary NTP server. Different IP addresses are set for the two NTP servers, see chapter 9.3.7.1. SICAM Q100 cyclically polls both NTP servers once every minute, but during normal operation it is synchronized by the primary NTP server. The device automatically switches to the secondary NTP server if one of the following criteria are met: •
No response from the primary NTP server to 2 successive requests
•
The "Alarm" indication is set in the time information of the primary NTP server.
•
The primary NTP server responds with 0.
•
The message runtime in the network is > 5 ms.
•
The stratum of the primary NTP server is 0 (unknown) or > 3.
Switching to the secondary NTP server is prevented if: •
The secondary server does not provide better time information (see criteria that initiate the switch from primary to secondary NTP server; "Secondary NTP Server Error" indication was already output) or
•
The secondary server has recently been available for less than 10 minutes.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
363
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 364 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
11 Time Synchronization 11.4 External Time Synchronization via Fieldbus
In these cases, SICAM Q100 is not external synchronized anymore. The device uses the internal clock (on milliseconds time basis) and the last valid drift. After the programmable time delay, the device reports "Clock Error", see chapter 14.1. Switching Back from the Secondary to the Primary NTP Server While the device is synchronized by the secondary NTP server, it continues to cyclically poll the primary NTP server. The device will only switch back to the primary NTP server if it receives correct time information and if none of the criteria for Redundant NTP Servers are fulfilled anymore.
NOTE Chapter 2 of the system manual SICAM Q100 7KG95xx, order number E50417-C1040-C522, provides information on the data format.
11.4
External Time Synchronization via Fieldbus The external time synchronization via fieldbus is used if the device is connected to the systems control via protocol Modbus RTU using the RS485 interface. The time information can also be transmitted from the systems control via Modbus TCP or IEC 61850 using Ethernet interface. When using the Ethernet connection, Siemens recommend, however, synchronizing the device from an NTP server, see chapter 11.3. When using the external time synchronization via fieldbus, the client should send a message containing the time information to the device in 1-minute cycles. The time synchronization error using the Modbus RTU protocol is ±20 ms max.
NOTE Chapter 2 of the system manual SICAM Q100 7KG95xx, order number E50417-C1040-C522, provides information on the data format.
11.5
Internal Time Synchronization via RTC Besides external time synchronization, the internal time synchronization is also possible using the battery-buffered RTC (Real Time Clock). Due to the reduced accuracy, RTC should only be used in case of failure or unavailability of the external time synchronization.
NOTE Chapter 2 of the system manual SICAM Q100 7KG95xx, order number E50417-C1040-C522, provides information on the data format.
364
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 365 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
12 Maintenance, Storage, Transport
12
Maintenance, Storage, Transport
12.1
Maintenance
366
12.2
Storage
366
12.3
Transport
366
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
365
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 366 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
12 Maintenance, Storage, Transport 12.1 Maintenance
12.1
Maintenance Except for a battery replacement, the SICAM Q100 is maintenance-free. Wipe the device using a clean, dry and soft cloth if necessary. Do not use solvents. The battery change is described in chapter .
12.2
Storage Store the device in a dry and clean location. Store the device within a temperature range from -40 °C to +70 °C (-40 °F to +158 °F). The relative humidity must not lead to condensation or ice formation. To avoid premature aging of the electrolytic capacitors, store the device within the recommended temperature range of +10 °C to +35 °C (+50 °F to +95 °F). Siemens furthermore recommends connecting the device to supply voltage once a year for 1 to 2 days in order to form the inserted electrolytic capacitors. This procedure should also be carried out before operating the device.
NOTE In this context, pay attention to the commissioning notes in chapter 7.7. The Lithium batteries used in Siemens devices are subject to Special Provision 188 of the UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods Model Regulations and Special Provision A45 of the IATA Dangerous Goods Regulation and the ICAO Technical Instructions. This is only valid for the original battery or original spare batteries.
12.3
Transport If devices are to be shipped elsewhere, you can reuse the transport packaging. When using different packaging, you must ensure that the transport requirements according to ISO 2248 are adhered to. The storage packing of the individual devices is not adequate for transport purposes.
366
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 367 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
13 Failures and LED Indications
13
Failures and LED Indications
13.1
General Inspection
13.2
Indications Signaled by LEDs
13.3
Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
367
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 368 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
13 Failures and LED Indications 13.1 General Inspection
13.1
General Inspection
Visual Inspection If function failures occur, first check the device visually. Observe the following points when inspecting the device visually: •
Correct installation of the device as described in chapter 7.2 at the intended location
•
Compliance with the environmental conditions specified in chapter 14.1.4 of the technical data
•
Correct connection of supply voltage and grounding conductors according to chapter 7.3
•
Correct connection of measuring and communication lines according to chapter 7.7.1
Function Checks Additionally, check the following aspects:
368
•
Functioning of the display according to chapter 10.2 and good visibility of the display
•
Correct functioning of peripheral devices (e.g. connected PC, series-connected current transformers)
•
Compliance with the system requirements specified in chapter 7.4
•
Compliance with the access rights according to chapter 7.5
•
Compliance with the commissioning sequence of the device according to chapter 7.7
•
Evaluation of the LED failure indications, see chapter 13.2
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 369 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
13 Failures and LED Indications 13.2 Indications Signaled by LEDs
13.2
Indications Signaled by LEDs SICAM Q100 automatically monitors the functions of its hardware, software, and firmware components. The LEDs on the top side of the housing and on the display side (only in devices with display) indicate the current device status.
Designation of the LEDs on the Top Side of Housing
RUN H1 Link/Activity
Figure 13-1
ERROR H2 Speed
Designation of the LEDs on the Top Side of Housing
Designation of the LEDs on the Display Side
RUN ERROR
H1
Figure 13-2
H2
Designation of the LEDs on the Display Side
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
369
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 370 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
13 Failures and LED Indications 13.2 Indications Signaled by LEDs
Meaning of the LEDs
LED (green, red, yellow): on LED (green, red, yellow): flashes C
C
LEDs H1/H2/ERROR: according to parameterization LED: off LED Speed (yellow): off: 10 Mbit/s on: 100 Mbit/s LED Link/Activity (green): LED on: Ethernet link is up LED flashing: Ethernet link is up and data is transferred LED off: no Ethernet partners connected
NOTE The designations and functions of the LEDs on the top side and on the display side of the housing are identical. Therefore, only the LEDs on the top side of the housing are described in the following table.
370
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 371 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
13 Failures and LED Indications 13.2 Indications Signaled by LEDs
Table 13-1
Indications Signaled by LEDs on the Top Side of the Housing LED
Meaning No Operation
RUN
ERROR
H1
H2
RUN
ERROR
H1
H2
Device is switched off.
Device is switched on, but firmware is not loaded. or Device is in startup phase. Normal Operation
RUN
ERROR
H1
H2
C
C
RUN
ERROR
H1
H2
C
C
RUN ERROR ERROR
H1
H2
C
C
RUN
ERROR ERROR
H1
H2
C
C
Configured IP address is used. or IP address is received via DHCP. H1 and H2 LEDs are configured.
Normal operation with default IP address The default IP address was requested by pressing the F4 softkey during normal operation.
Double IP address has been detected in the network. The device is in operation but cannot be reached via Ethernet. Solve this network configuration issue and restart the device. Each device must have a unique IP address.
An IP address request via DHCP is in progress. ERROR = off, H1 and H2 LEDs according to configuration RUN LED stops flashing when IP address is received.
The device runs into the Fallback mode after an unresolvable error in normal operation occurs or by pressing the F4 softkey during device startup.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
371
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 372 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
13 Failures and LED Indications 13.2 Indications Signaled by LEDs
Table 13-1
Indications Signaled by LEDs on the Top Side of the Housing (cont.) LED
Meaning Fallback Mode Fallback mode with default IP address Default address was requested by pressing the F4 softkey during Fallback mode.
Firmware Upload HTTPS certificate is being generated after the IP address is changed. RUN
H1
ERROR
H2
C
372
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 373 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
13 Failures and LED Indications 13.3 Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode
13.3
Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode
13.3.1
Troubleshooting and Repair
General Troubleshooting You are not authorized to troubleshoot the defective device beyond the measures described in chapter 13 and make repairs yourself. Special electronic modules are inserted in the SICAM Q100 which can only be replaced by the manufacturer according to the guidelines for Electrostatic sensitive devices (ESD). If you suspect any damage on the device, Siemens recommends sending the entire device to the manufacturer. For this purpose, it is best to use the original transport packaging or similar packaging. Troubleshooting Based on Error Messages
NOTE Error messages are service information that you quote to the service department upon request in case of an error. The error messages can be saved as described in chapter 9.2.7.2, section File download -> Save. The error messages can be printed as described in chapter 9.2.7.2, section File download -> Open.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
373
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 374 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
13 Failures and LED Indications 13.3 Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode
13.3.2
Fallback Mode
13.3.2.1 Functional Description The firmware of the SICAM Q100 contains a complete application for the operation of the device and runs in 2 modifications, depending on the operating state: •
Normal operation: complete functional scope
•
Fallback mode: minimum functional scope
The fallback mode is started automatically in case of severe system errors during the device start. Once the fallback mode is started, the indication FALLBACK appears on the device display. The user interface Fallback mode opens in the browser. You can see and save different device information for fault analysis in the tabs. Furthermore, you can start different maintenance functions. Fallback Mode during Device Restart If a severe system error occurs during a manual restart of the device, the device automatically switches to the fallback mode. Fallback Mode in Normal Operation In case of an unexpected restart of the device during normal operation, the fallback mode starts only if a severe system error occurs during the restart. Otherwise, the device switches to normal operation immediately. Manual Start of the Fallback Mode If necessary, you can start the fallback mode manually using the softkey F4.
13.3.2.2 Start and Maintenance of the Fallback Mode Start of the Fallback Mode The Fallback Mode is started automatically in case of severe system errors during the device start. In this case, the user interface fallback mode with the Information and Maintenance tabs appears in the open browser once you have entered the IP address. The Information tab is opened. To start the fallback mode manually, proceed as follows: ✧
Switch off the SICAM Q100 power supply.
✧
Press the softkey F4 on the SICAM Q100 and switch on the power supply while keeping the softkey F4 pressed.
✧
Keep the softkey F4 pressed (approx. 10 s) until the display shows FALLBACK.
✧
Release the softkey F4. SICAM Q100 starts the fallback mode.
✧
Refresh the user interface in the browser. The user interface Fallback mode with the Information and Maintenance tabs opens in the open
374
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 375 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
13 Failures and LED Indications 13.3 Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode
browser. The Information tab is opened with the information on different device properties and available or not available modules.
Figure 13-3
Fallback Mode, Information Tab (Detail)
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
375
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 376 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
13 Failures and LED Indications 13.3 Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode
Maintenance In the Maintenance tab, you have the possibility to start the application or set the device in the default factory settings state. It is possible to set the device in the default factory settings state without a user account.
Figure 13-4
Fallback Mode, Maintenance Tab
Firmware Upload and Delete All User Accounts If you select a valid firmware package and click Upload, all user accounts are deleted. The progress is shown in the Status information.
NOTE The whole operation takes more than 3 min, and must not be interrupted, for example by a power loss; otherwise, the device cannot recover and must be sent back to the factory.
NOTE If you forgot the user credentials, it is the only way to set the device in the factory state to create a new role of Administrator or User Account Manager.
376
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 377 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
13 Failures and LED Indications 13.3 Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode
To access to other functions, log on with the right user name and password. If you have no user account, you can create the initial user account in the Fallback mode.
Figure 13-5
Fallback Mode, Create the Initial User Account
After you log on successfully, the Maintenance tab will be added with the following sections depending on the user roles: •
Firmware upload
•
Run calibration
•
Save information
•
Parameter reset
•
Error log
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
377
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 378 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
13 Failures and LED Indications 13.3 Troubleshooting, Repair, and Fallback Mode
Figure 13-6
Fallback Mode, Firmware
Firmware upload This session is available for the user with a role of installer or administrator. You can find more information on uploading the firmware in chapter 9.5.1 Firmware Upload. Save information In this section, you can click Save device information to save the device-specific information to a local file. It is available for the user with a role of viewer, operator, installer, engineer, backup operator, or administrator. Parameter reset In this section, you can restart the device with the default parameter set. It is available for the user with a role of engineer, installer, or administrator. Error log In this section, you can delete the error messages in the error-log file. It is available for the user with a role of operator or administrator.
NOTE The section Run calibration is a service function. This function is exclusively used at the factory.
378
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 379 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
14 Technical Data
14
Technical Data
14.1
General Device Data
380
14.2
Test Data
387
14.3
Dimensions
390
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
379
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 380 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
14 Technical Data 14.1 General Device Data
14.1
General Device Data
14.1.1
Power Supply
Direct Voltage
Rated input voltages
24 V to 250 V
Admissible input voltage tolerance
±20 %
Permitted ripple of the input voltage
15 %
Maximum inrush current At 110 V
< 15 A
At 220 V to 300 V
22 A; after 250 µs: < 5 A
Maximum power consumption
6W
Alternating Voltage
Rated input voltages
110 V to 230 V
System frequency at AC
50 Hz/60 Hz
Admissible input voltage tolerance
±20 %
Permitted harmonics
2 kHz
Maximum inrush current
380
At 115 V
< 15 A
At 230 V
22 A; after 250 µs: < 5 A
Maximum power consumption
16 VA
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 381 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
14 Technical Data 14.1 General Device Data
14.1.2
Inputs and Outputs
Inputs for Alternating Voltage Measurements, Connector Block F - Cat III
Rated input alternating voltage range Phase-N/PE
AC 57.73 V to 400 V (autorange)
IEC 61000-4-30 Class A: to AC 230 V: 200 % overvoltage
> AC 230 V to 400 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage
UL conditions:
Phase-phase
to AC 170 V: 200 % overvoltage > AC 170 V to 300 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage
AC 100 V to 690 V (autorange)
IEC 61000-4-30 Class A: to AC 400 V: 200 % overvoltage
> AC 400 V to 690 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage
UL conditions:
to AC 290 V: 200 % overvoltage > AC 290 V to 520 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage
Maximum input alternating voltage Phase-N/PE
460 V (347 V for UL)
Phase-phase
796 V (600 V for UL)
Input impedances a, b, c to N
3.0 M
a-b, b-c, c-a
3.0 M
Further information about the voltage measuring inputs Power consumption per input for Vmax 460 V
70 mW
Permissible power frequency
42.5 Hz to 69.0 Hz
Measuring error under environmental influences: see technical data
acc. to IEC 61000-4-30 Ed. 3 Class A (0.1 %)
Sampling rate
10.24 kHz
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
381
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 382 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
14 Technical Data 14.1 General Device Data
Inputs for Alternating Current Measurements, Connector Block E - Cat III
Input alternating currents Rated input current range
AC 1 A to 5 A (autorange)
Max. input current
AC 10 A
Power consumption per input at 5 A
100 mVA
Further information about the current measuring inputs Max. rated input voltage
150 V
Measuring error under environmental influences: see technical data
acc. to IEC 61000-4-30 Ed. 3 Class A (0.1 %)
Thermal stability
10 A continuous 100 A for max. 1 s
Sampling rate
10.24 kHz
Binary Inputs, Connector Block U - Cat III
Maximum input voltage
DC 300 V
Static input current
1.34 mA ± 20 %
UIL min (at threshold voltage 19 V)
DC 14 V
UIL max (at threshold voltage 19 V)
DC 19 V
UIL min (at threshold voltage 88 V)
DC 66 V
UIL max (at threshold voltage 88 V)
DC 88 V
UIL min (at threshold voltage 176 V)
DC 132 V
UIL max (at threshold voltage 176 V)
DC 176 V
Propagation delay low to high
2.8 ms ± 0.3 ms
Binary Outputs, Connector Block G - Cat III
Maximum contact voltage Alternating voltage
230 V
Direct voltage
250 V
Maximum currents Maximum continuous contact current
100 mA
Maximum pulse current for 0.1 s
300 mA
Further information about the binary outputs
382
Internal impedance
50
Admissible switching frequency
10 Hz
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 383 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
14 Technical Data 14.1 General Device Data
14.1.3
Communication Interfaces
Ethernet (Connector Z)
Ethernet, electrical
Connection
Device top side RJ45 connector socket 10/100Base-T acc. to IEEE802.3 LED yellow: 100 Mbit/s (off/on) LED green: flashing: active on: not active off: no connection
Protocols
Modbus TCP IEC 61850 Server
Voltage strength
DC 700 V, AC 1500 V
Transmission rate
100 Mbit/s
Cable for 10/100 Base-T
100 to 150 STP, CAT5
Maximum cable length 10/100 Base-T
100 m, if well installed
Connection
Terminal side, 9-pin D-sub socket
Protocol
Modbus RTU Master and gateway function
Baud rate (adjustable)
Min. 1200 bit/s Max. 115 200 bit/s
Maximum distance of transmission
Max. 1 km (depending on transmission rate)
Transmission level
Low: -5 V to -1.5 V High: +1.5 V to +5 V
Reception level
Low: -0.2 V High: +0.2 V
Bus termination
Not integrated, bus termination using plugs with integrated bus terminating resistors (see figure 14-1 )
Serial Interface (Connector J)
RS485
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
383
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 384 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
14 Technical Data 14.1 General Device Data
Recommended Termination of the RS485 Interface (Connector J) The RS485 bus requires at least the bus termination shown in the figure below, with pull-up/pull-down resistors:
DC +5 V
390
390
220 Bus termination A
Figure 14-1
GND
B
Termination of the RS485 Interface
The bus termination must be respectively carried out at the first and last RS485 device interface of the bus. No terminating resistor may be used at all other devices in this line. Siemens recommends the use of a bus termination plug with integrated (activatable) resistors in accordance with figure 14-1, for example plugs with 35°-cable outlet type 6ES7972-0BA42-0XA0. Use a 2-wired, twisted and shielded cable (see chapter 2.2). In case of outdoor assembly Siemens recommends a rodent protection. You can find current installation material at SIEMENS IS in the "Catalog for Industrial Communication", chapter "PROFIBUS", see also: https://www.automation.siemens.com/mcms/automation/en/industrial-communications/Pages/Default.aspx. The 9-pin D-sub socket of the RS485 interface is connected as follows: Pin No.
384
Assignment
Pin No.
Assignment
1
Shield
6
DC +5 V Supply voltage for terminating resistors (max. 100 mA)
2
Not assigned
7
RTS Direction control (if required for an external conversion)
3
A RS485 connection pin A
8
B RS485 connection pin B
4
Not assigned
9
Not assigned
5
GND (towards DC +5 V)
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 385 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
14 Technical Data 14.1 General Device Data
14.1.4
Environmental Conditions and Climatic Stress Tests
Environmental Conditions
Temperature data
Operating temperature
-25 °C to +55 °C -13 °F to +131 °F
Devices with display: the legibility of the display is impaired at temperatures < 0 °C (+32 °F).
Air humidity data
Altitude and operation site
Temperature during transport
-40 °C to +70 °C -40 °F to +158 °F
Temperature during storage
-40 °C to +70 °C -40 °F to +158 °F
Maximum temperature gradient
20 K/h
Mean relative humidity per year
75 %
Maximum relative humidity
95 % 30 days a year
Condensation during operation
Not permitted
Condensation during transport and storage
Permitted
Max. altitude above sea level
2000 m
Operation site
Only indoors
Climatic Stress Tests
Standards: IEC 60068 Dry cold: IEC 60068-2-1 test Ad Dry heat during operation, storage, and transport: IEC 60068-2-2 test Bd Damp heat: IEC 60068-2-78 test Ca Change of temperature: IEC 60068-2-14 test Na and Nb
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
385
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 386 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
14 Technical Data 14.1 General Device Data
14.1.5
General Data Battery
Type
PANASONIC CR2032 or VARTA 6032 101 501
Voltage
3V
Capacity
230 mAh
Typical life
For operation with permanently applied supply voltage: 10 years For operation with sporadically interrupted supply voltage: a total of 2 months over a 10-year period
Internal memory
capacity
2 GB
Degree of protection Housing (without front panel and terminals)
386
IP20
Panel flush mounting (front)
IP40
Terminals
IP20
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 387 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
14 Technical Data 14.2 Test Data
14.2
Test Data
Reference Conditions according to IEC 62586-1 for Determining the Test Data
Ambient temperature
23 °C ± 2 °C
Relative humidity
40 % to 60 % RH
Supply voltage
VPS ± 1 %
Phases (3-wire network)
3
External continuous magnetic fields
DC field: 40 A/m
DC components V/I
none
Signal waveform
sinus
Frequency
50 Hz ± 0.5 Hz
Voltage magnitude
Udin ± 1 %
AC field: 3 A/m
60 Hz ± 0.5 Hz
14.2.1
Flicker
Pst < 0.1 %
Unbalance (all channels)
100 % ± 0.5 % of Udin
Harmonic
0 % to 3 % of Udin
Interharmonic
0 % to 0.5 % of Udin
Electrical Tests
Standards Standards:
IEC EN 61000-6-2 IEC EN 61000-6-4 IEC EN 61010-1 IEC EN 61010-2-030
Insulation Test according to IEC EN 61010-1 and IEC EN 61010-2-030 Inputs/Outputs
Insulation
Rated Voltage
ISO Test Voltage
Category
Current measurement inputs
Reinforced
150 V
AC 2.3 kV
Cat. III
Voltage measurement inputs
Reinforced
600 V
Surge voltage 9.76 kV
Cat. III
300 V
Cat. IV
Supply voltage
Reinforced
300 V
DC 3.125 kV
Cat. III
Binary outputs
Reinforced
300 V
AC 3.536 kV
Cat. III
Binary inputs
Reinforced
300 V
AC 3.536 kV
Cat. III
Ethernet interface
SELV
< 24 V
AC 1500 V
-
RS485 interface
SELV
< 24 V
DC 700 V
-
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
387
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 388 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
14 Technical Data 14.2 Test Data
EMC Tests for Immunity (Type Tests) Standards:
IEC EN 61000-6-2 For more standards see also individual functions
Electrostatic discharge, Class III, IEC 61000-4-2
6 kV contact discharge; 8 kV air discharge, both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 with connected Ethernet cable
High frequency electromagnetic field, amplitude-modulated, Class III IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m; 80 MHz to 3 GHz; 80 % AM; 1 kHz
Fast transient bursts, Class III IEC 61000-4-4
2 kV; 5 ns/50 ns; 5 kHz; Burst length = 15 ms; Repetition rate 300 ms; Both polarities; Ri = 50 ; Test duration 1 min
High energy surge voltages (SURGE), Installation Class III IEC 61000-4-5
Impulse: 1.2 µs/50 µs
Auxiliary voltage
Common mode: 2 kV; 12 ; 9 µF Diff. mode:1 kV; 2 ; 18 µF
Measuring inputs, binary inputs, and relay outputs
Common mode: 2 kV; 42 ; 0.5 µF Diff. mode: 1 kV; 42 ; 0,5 µF
Line-conducted high frequencies, amplitude-modulated, Class III IEC 61000-4-6
10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM; 1 kHz
Power system frequency magnetic field IEC 61000-4-8, Class IV;
30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s
1 MHz test, Class III, IEC 61000-4-18
2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; = 15 µs; 400 Surges per s; Test duration 1 min; Ri = 200
EMC Test for Noise Emission (Type Test)
388
Standard:
IEC EN 61000-6-4
Disturbance voltage to lines, only auxiliary voltage IEC-CISPR 22
150 kHz to 30 MHz Limit Class A
Disturbance-field strength IEC-CISPR 22
30 MHz to 1000 MHz Limit Class A
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 389 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
14 Technical Data 14.2 Test Data
14.2.2
Mechanical Stress Tests
Vibration and Shock Stress during Stationary Operation Standards:
IEC 60068
Oscillation IEC 60068-2-6 test Fc
Sinusoidal 10 Hz to 60 Hz: 0.075 mm amplitude; 60 Hz to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration Frequency sweep rate 1 octave/min 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes.
Shock IEC 60068-2-27 test Ea
Semi-sinusoidal 5 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, each 3 shocks in both directions of the 3 axes
Seismic Vibration IEC 60068-3-3 test Fc
Sinusoidal 1 Hz to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude (horizontal axis) 1 Hz to 8 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude (vertical axis) 8 Hz to 35 Hz: 2 g acceleration (horizontal axis) 8 Hz to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration (vertical axis) Frequency sweep 1 octave/min 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
Vibration and Shock Stress during Transport
14.2.3
Standards:
IEC 60068
Oscillation IEC 60068-2-6 test Fc
Sinusoidal 5 Hz to 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude; 8 Hz to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration Frequency sweep 1 octave/min 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Shock IEC 60068-2-27 test Ea
Semi-sinusoidal 15 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, each 3 shocks (in both directions of the 3 axes)
Continuous Shock IEC 60068-2-29 test Eb
Semi-sinusoidal 10 g acceleration, duration 16 ms, each 1000 shocks (in both directions of the 3 axes)
Free fall IEC 60068-2-32 test Ed
0.5 m
Safety Standards Standards: EN 61010 IEC EN 61010-1, IEC EN 61010-2-30
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
389
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 390 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
14 Technical Data 14.3 Dimensions
14.3
Dimensions Mass
approx. 0.55 kg
Dimension (W x H x D)
96 mm x 96 mm x 103 mm 3.78 inch x 3.78 inch x 4.06 inch
8.30 (0.33)
98.68 (3.89)
92.15 (3.63)
96 .00 (3.78)
88.10 (3.47)
103.21 (4.06)
Dimensions in mm (inch)
96.00 (3.78)
101.56 (4 .00)
15.11 (0.59)
Figure 14-2
390
Dimensional Drawing of SICAM Q100
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 391 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
14 Technical Data 14.3 Dimensions
92,0 +0,8 mm (3.62 +0.03 inch)
92,0 +0,8 mm (3.62 +0.03 inch)
Figure 14-3
Cut-out in Switch Panel
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
391
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 392 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
14 Technical Data 14.3 Dimensions
392
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 393 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
15 Operational Indications
15
Operational Indications Indication
Description
Notes
Device OK
The device startup was successful.
Indication on: Device ready
Battery Failure
Battery voltage < 2.7 V or no battery inserted
Indication on: Battery failure
Time Synchronization Error
Error during the time synchronization from the NTP server or fieldbus
Indication off: At least one time message was received during the set timer ("Error indication after"). The time stamp is set when the first valid time information or time synchronization is received. Indication on: No time message was received during the set timer ("Error indication after"). The time stamp is set after the "Error indication after" timer has expired and no synchronization message was received. Parameter range: see chapter 9.3.7.1 Error sources with RTC: - no valid time after device startup Error sources with NTP or fieldbus: - „Error indication after" timer expires and no synchronization message was received
Error during internal time synchronization
Indication on: RTC time invalid Indication off: After setting the clock via HTML (see chapter 9.3.7.1) During battery failure at device startup
Default IP Address
The IP-Addr. push button has been pressed for more than 3 s.
Indication on: IP-Addr. push button was pressed The device restarts and applies the default IP address.
Primary NTP Server Error
Faulty or no response from the primary NTP server
Indication on: Error Indication off: Valid time messages have been received for a period of 10 min Only for time synchronization via Ethernet NTP (see chapter 9.3.7.1)
Secondary NTP Server Error
Faulty or no response from the secondary NTP server
Indication on: Error Indication off: Valid time messages have been received for a period of 10 min Only for time synchronization via Ethernet NTP (see chapter 9.3.7.1)
Daylight Saving Time
Switching between daylight saving time/standard time
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
Indication on: Daylight saving time Indication off: Standard time
393
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 394 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
15 Operational Indications
Indication
Description
Notes
Ethernet Link Error
Ethernet connection error
Indication on: Error Indication off: Ethernet link recognized
Modbus TCP OK
At least one Modbus TCP link has received Modbus messages.
Indication on: At least one Modbus message was received during the set monitoring time. The time stamp is set when the first valid message is received.
(Modbus TCP Server)
Indication off: No Modbus message was received during the set monitoring time. See chapter 9.3.7.2 Modbus RTU Master OK
All configured Modbus slave devices respond to request telegrams.
Indication on: If all configured Modbus slave devices respond successfully to request telegrams. Indication off: If at least one Modbus slave device does not respond to a request telegram or if at least one Modbus slave device responds with a Modbus exception code (see System Manual Q100; chapter 2.2.2). See chapter 9.3.7.3
IEC 61850 Communication OK
Communication via protocol IEC 61850 is correct.
Indication on: At least one message was received during the set monitoring time. The time stamp is set when the first valid message is received. Indication off: No message was received during the set monitoring time. See chapter 9.3.7.2
MQTT Communication OK
The communication to an MQTT broker is successfully established.
Indication ON: The communication to an MQTT broker is successfully established. Indication OFF: The communication to an MQTT broker is not established.
Settings Load
Starting to change the parameters of the passive set of parameters.
Indication on: Start of changes Indication off: Changes complete
Settings Check
The passive set of parameters is to be activated; the internal parameter check is running.
Indication on: Check started Indication off: Check complete
Settings Activate
The passive set of parameters is enabled and the device works with these parameters.
Indication on: Activation started Indication off: Activation complete
394
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 395 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
15 Operational Indications
Indication Limit Violation x
Description
Notes
Indication that a parameterized limiting value has been violated
Indication on: The limit of the monitored measured value has been violated or no measured value is parameterized as input of the limiting value. Indication off: The limit of the monitored measured value is not violated. Message invalid: The monitored measured value is invalid (e.g. frequency at V < 15 % of Vrated). x = 1 to 16
Indication 1 from Remote Indication 2 from Remote Indication x from Remote
Status of the indications that can be set to control the LEDs and the binary outputs via the communication.
Indication on: ON Indication off: OFF Message invalid: Not yet updated via the communication or again invalid via the communication
Status of any indications which can be set for control via communication.
Indication on: ON Indication off: OFF Message invalid: Not yet updated via the communication or again invalid via the communication x = 3 to 14
Binary Input 1
Indication of the logic state of the binary input (ON/OFF)
Indication invalid: in startup not updated Binary input high: ON (OFF if inverted) Binary input low: OFF (ON if inverted) If the binary input has not been set to a function (load profile, tariff TOU), a change is logged as an operational indication; otherwise not, according to factory setting (can be set).
Indication of rotation voltage
Indication ON: Phase sequence Va-Vb-Vc, rotation clockwise
Binary Input 2
Rotating Field Clockwise
Indication OFF: Phase sequence Va-Vc-Vb, (2 phases interchanged); rotation anti-clockwise Indication invalid: Direction of rotation cannot be calculated (e.g. no voltage applied) Group indication x
Up to 4 single-point indications can be linked logically and combined to a group indication.
A total of 4 group indications (x = 1 to 4) can be parameterized.
Voltage Event Available
Indication of a supply voltage event
Overvoltage, undervoltage, frequency interruption
Frequency Event Available
Indication of a frequency event
Overfrequency or underfrequency
Volt. Unbalance Event Available
Indication of a voltage unbalance event
Voltage unbalance
SD Card Error
Indication of an SD card error
SD card defective or read/write error 1)
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
395
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 396 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
15 Operational Indications
Indication
Description
Notes
Load Profile Period Closed
Indication that a period has been closed.
Only Indication on is logged.
Load Profile Synchr. Period
Indication that synchronization signal was received.
Only Indication on is logged.
Load Profile Tariff x
Indication that the tariff x has been set.
Only Indication on is logged.x = 1 to 8
Load Profile Reset Buffer
Indication that the load-profile buffer was deleted.
Load-profile buffer was deleted by user's action or parameter change. Only Indication on is logged.
1)
396
The SD card has no contact or is defective; you must not replace the card yourself. The device also works without active SD card. However, data storage when operating the recorders is not possible. In this case, the recorder data can be forwarded and processed only via communication.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 397 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters
16
Operating Parameters
16.1
Process Connections
398
16.2
Automation Functions
404
16.3
HMI
407
16.4
Energy Management
410
16.5
Recording and Reporting
412
16.6
Administrative
419
NOTE for user on the online help This chapter is integrated as an online help in the user interface. The description of parameterization of the operating parameters can be found in the manual SICAM Q100, order number E50417-H1040-C522-A6.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
397
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 398 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.1 Process Connections
16.1
Process Connections The following process connections are available:
16.1.1
•
AC Measurement
•
Binary inputs
•
Binary Outputs
•
LEDs
AC Measurement Parameter
Default Settings
Setting Range
Rated frequency
50 Hz
50 Hz (± 7.5 Hz) 60 Hz (± 9 Hz)
Network type
Four-wire, three-phase, unbalanced
Single-phase network Three-wire, three-phase, balanced Three-wire, three-phase, unbalanced (2 * I) Three-wire, three-phase, unbalanced (3 * I) Four-wire, three-phase, balanced Four-wire, three-phase, unbalanced
Power quality values for 1)
Phase to neutral
Phase to neutral Phase to phase
Calculate Voltage RMS values PN and PP 1)
no
no yes
Nominal/Declared supply voltage
AC 230.00 V
AC 57.73 V to 400 V (autorange)
IEC 61000-4-30 Class A: to AC 230 V: 200 % overvoltage
> AC 230 V to 400 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage
UL conditions:
> AC 170 V to 300 V: 200 % to 15 % overvoltage
Voltage transformer
no
yes no
Primary rated voltage
AC 10 000 V
AC 100.0 V to AC 1 000 000.0 V
Secondary rated voltage
AC 100 V
AC 1.0 V to AC 460.0 V
Current transformer
no
yes no
Primary rated current
AC 1 000.0 A
AC 1.0 A to AC 100 000.0 A
Secondary rated current
AC 1.0 A
AC 1.0 A to 10.0 A
no
no yes
Primary rated current In
AC 1 000.00 A
AC 1.0 A to 100 000.0 A
Zero point suppression
0.3 % (from Vnom, Irated)
0.0 % to 10.0 %
Voltage harmonic unit
%
% V
Measurement aggregation
-none-
-none150/180-cycle interval
Transformer ratio In
398
to AC 170 V: 200 % overvoltage
2)
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 399 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.1 Process Connections 1) 2)
16.1.2
Power quality values for and Calculate Voltage RMS values PN and PP are available only under Network type is selected as Four-wire, three-phase, unbalanced. Transformer ratio In is available only if the following Network type is selected: Four-wire, three-phase, unbalanced.
Binary Inputs U1/U2 and U3/U2
Parameter
Default Settings
Setting Range
Threshold voltage Threshold voltage (one setting for both binary inputs)
19 V
19 V 88 V 176 V
Binary inputs Terminals U1/2 Routed as: 1)
Status information
Status information Load profile source Tariff source
Software filter time (only settable if Routed as: Status information has been set)
1 (* 2 ms)
2 ms to 120 000 ms (settable in 2-ms increments)
Source inverted
no
no yes
Add entry to operational log (only settable if Routed as: Status information has been set)
yes
no yes
Binary input indication
Binary Input 1
Any Max. 31 characters 2)
Routed as: 1)
Status information
Status information Load profile source Tariff source
Software filter time (only settable if Routed as: Status information has been set)
1 (* 2 ms)
2 ms to 120 000 ms (settable in 2-ms increments)
Source inverted
no
no yes
Add entry to operational log (only settable if Routed as: Status information has been set)
yes
no yes
Binary input indication
Binary Input 2
Any Max. 31 characters 2)
Terminals U3/2
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
399
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 400 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.1 Process Connections 1)
See following note:
NOTE The parameter cannot be changed in this field. In the Configuration tab, Energy management menu, select Load profile source or Tariff source. If you did not select a source, Status information is automatically selected. 2)
400
31 bytes of UTF-8
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 401 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.1 Process Connections
16.1.3
Binary Outputs Parameter Source type
Default Settings
Setting Range
Indication
Indication Energy counter
-none-
-noneDevice OK Battery Failure Settings Load Settings Check Settings Activate Modbus TCP OK Ethernet Link Error Time Synchronization Error Primary NTP Server Error Secondary NTP Server Error Daylight Saving Time Ethernet Link 2 Error Default IP Address Limit Violation x (x = 1 to 16) *) Indication 1 from Remote Indication 2 from Remote Rotation Voltage Clockwise Group Indication x (x = 1 to 4) *) IEC 61850 Communication OK SD Card Error Voltage Event Available Frequency Event Available Voltage-Unbalance Event Available Indication x from Remote (x = 3 to 14) SICAM Subdevice 1 OK SICAM Subdevice 2 OK Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Load profile period closed Load profile synchr. period Load profile tariff x (x = 1 to 8) Binary input 1 *) Binary input 2 *) Modbus RTU Master OK New MSV record made Indication x Slv y (x = 1 to 6; y = 1 to 8) *) MQTT communication OK
Source Type Indication Indication (only if source type = indication) NOTES Only the indications for the parameterization of the binary outputs are displayed which can be used according to the current device settings. Indications which are read by Modbus slave devices are available in the list box if they were parameterized in Modbus Master Mapping.
*)
Source inverted
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
no
Designation can be changed during the parameterization.
no yes
401
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 402 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.1 Process Connections
Parameter
Default Settings
Setting Range
Operating mode
Persistent
Persistent Persistent with fail safe Pulse Pulse with retrigger
Output time for pulse operating mode (setting only possible if operating modes Pulse and Pulse with retrigger)
20 (* 10 ms)
50 ms to 3 600 000 ms
Energy counter
-none-
-noneWPa_exp WPb_exp WPc_exp WP_exp WPa_imp WPb_imp WPc_imp WP_imp WQa_ind WQb_ind WQc_ind WQ_ind WQa_cap WQb_cap WQc_cap WQ_cap WSa WSb WSc WS WP_exp_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8) WP_imp_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8) WQ_ind_imp_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8) WQ_cap_imp_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8) WQ_ind_exp_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8) WQ_cap_exp_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8) WQ_ind_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8) WQ_cap_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8) WS_tariff_x (x = 1 to 8)
Energy increase per pulse
1.0 Wh
0.1 Wh/VAh/varh to 1 000 000 Wh/VAh/varh
Output time pulse operating mode
20 * 10 ms = 200 ms
50 ms to 3 600 000 ms
Source Type Energy Counter
402
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 403 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.1 Process Connections
16.1.4
LEDs LED
Default Setting
Setting Range
RUN
Device ready
Not settable
ERROR
-none-
-noneBattery Failure Ethernet Link Error Time Synchronization Error Primary NTP Server Error Secondary NTP Server Error SD Card Error
H1
-none-
-noneDevice OK Battery Failure Settings Load Settings Check Settings Activate Modbus TCP OK Ethernet Link Error Time Synchronization Error Primary NTP Server Error Secondary NTP Server Error Daylight Saving Time Ethernet Link 2 Error Default IP Address Limit Violation x (x = 1 to 16) *) Indication 1 from Remote Indication 2 from Remote Rotation Voltage Clockwise Group Indication x (x = 1 to 4) *) IEC 61850 Communication OK SD Card Error Voltage Event Available Frequency Event Available Voltage-Unbalance Event Available Indication x from Remote (x = 3 to 14) SICAM Subdevice 1 OK SICAM Subdevice 2 OK Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Load profile period closed Load profile synchr. period Load profile tariff x (x = 1 to 8) Binary input 1 *) Binary input 2 *) Modbus RTU Master OK New MSV record made Indication x Slv y (x = 1 to 6; y = 1 to 8) *) MQTT communication OK
H2 NOTES Only the indications for the parameterization of the binary outputs are displayed which can be used according to the current device settings. Indications which are read by Modbus slave devices are available in the list box if they were parameterized in Modbus Master Mapping.
*)
Indication inverted
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
no
Designation can be changed during the parameterization.
no yes 403
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 404 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.2 Automation Functions
16.2
Automation Functions The following automation functions are available:
404
•
Limit violation 1-8
•
Limit violation 9-16
•
Group indication 1-4
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 405 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.2 Automation Functions
16.2.1
Limit Violation 1-8 and 9-16 Parameter Measurement
Default Setting -none-
Setting Range -noneVa, Vb, Vc Vab, Vbc, Vca Ia, Ib, Ic VN, Vavg IN, Iavg Pa, Pb, Pc, P Qa, Qb, Qc, Q Sa, Sb, Sc, S cos (a), cos (b), cos (c), cos PFa, PFb, PFc, PF UIa, UIb, UIc, UI f Neg.seq.comp.V Neg.seq.comp.I THDS Va, THDS Vb, THDS Vc THDS Vab, THDS Vbc, THDS Vca THDS Ia, THDS Ib, THDS Ic ab V, bc V, ca V ab I, bc I, ca I Q1a, Q1b, Q1c; Q1 Pinst (a-n), Pinst (b-n),Pinst (c-n) Pst (a-n), Pst (b-n),Pst (c-n) Plt (a-n), Plt (b-n),Plt (c-n) Pinst (a-b), Pinst (b-c), Pinst (c-a) Pst (a-b), Pst (b-c), Pst (c-a) Plt (a-b), Plt (b-c), Plt (c-a) Zero seq.comp.V Zero seq.comp.I MV x from Bus device y *) (x = 1 to 15 and y = 1 to 8) (Setting ranges pending from network type) *)
1)
Designation can be changed during the parameterization.
Limit
0.00
-1 000 000 000 to 1 000 000 000 (unit)
Limit type
Lower
Lower Upper
Hysteresis (%)
1.0
0.0 to 10.0
Violation indication
Limit Violation x (x = 1 to 16)
Any Max. 31 characters 1)
31 bytes of UTF-8
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
405
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 406 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.2 Automation Functions
16.2.2
Group Indications 1-4 Parameter Source
Default Setting -none-
NOTES Only the indications for the parameterization of the binary outputs are displayed which can be used according to the current device settings. Indications which are read by Modbus slave devices are available in the list box if they were parameterized in Modbus Master Mapping.
Setting Range -noneDevice OK Battery Failure Settings Load Settings Check Settings Activate Modbus TCP OK Ethernet Link Error Time Synchronization Error Primary NTP Server Error Secondary NTP Server Error Daylight Saving Time Ethernet Link 2 Error Default IP Address Limit Violation x (x = 1 to 16) *) Indication 1 from Remote Indication 2 from Remote Rotation Voltage Clockwise Group Indication x (x = 1 to 4) *) IEC 61850 Communication OK SD Card Error Voltage Event Available Frequency Event Available Voltage-Unbalance Event Available Indication x from Remote (x = 3 to 14) SICAM Subdevice 1 OK SICAM Subdevice 2 OK Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Load profile period closed Load profile synchr. period Load profile tariff x (x = 1 to 8) Binary input 1 *) Binary input 2 *) Modbus RTU Master OK New MSV record made Indication x Slv y (x = 1 to 6; y = 1 to 8) *) MQTT communication OK *)
1)
406
Designation can be changed during the parameterization.
Source inverted
no
no yes
Logic operation
NONE
NONE OR AND
Group indication name
Group Indication x (x = 1 to 4)
Any Max. 31 characters 1)
31 bytes of UTF-8 SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 407 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.3 HMI
16.3
HMI
16.3.1
Display Settings Parameter
16.3.2
Default Setting
Setting Range
Contrast
8
0 to 10
Time until dimmed
10
0 min to 99 min
Refresh time
1 000
330 ms to 3 000 ms
Inverse display
no
no yes
Phase label
(L1,L2,L3)
(L1,L2,L3) (a,b,c)
User-Defined Screen Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Screen type
-none-
-none2 measured values, numerical 4 measured values, numerical 2 measured values, graphical + numerical 3 measured values, graphical + numerical
Screen name
USER_SCREEN_x (x = 1 to 4)
Max. 18 characters Only English and German letters, numbers, and special characters are permitted.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
407
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 408 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.3 HMI
2 measured values, numerical Display 1, numerical Display 2, numerical
-none-
4 measured values, numerical Display 1, numerical Display 2, numerical Display 3, numerical Display 4, numerical
-none-
2 measured values, graphical and numerical Display 1, graph./num. Display 2, graph./num.
-none-
3 measured values, graphical and numerical Display 1, graph./num. Display 2, graph./num. Display 3, graph./num.
-none-
-noneVa, Vb, Vc Vab, Vbc, Vca Ia, Ib, Ic VN, Vavg IN, Iavg Pa, Pb, Pc, P Qa, Qb, Qc, Q Sa, Sb, Sc, S cos (a), cos (b), cos (c), cos PFa, PFb, PFc, PF UIa, UIb, UIc, UI f Neg.seq.comp.V Neg.seq.comp.I THDS Va, THDS Vb, THDS Vc THDS Vab, THDS Vbc, THDS Vca THDS Ia, THDS Ib, THDS Ic ab V, bc V, ca V ab I, bc I, ca I Q1a, Q1b, Q1c, Q1 Pinst (a-n), Pinst (b-n), Pinst (c-n) Pst (a-n), Pst (b-n), Pst (c-n) Plt (a-n), Plt (b-n), Plt (c-n) Pinst (a-b), Pinst (b-c), Pinst (c-a) Pst (a-b), Pst (b-c), Pst (c-a) Plt (a-b), Plt (b-c), Plt (c-a) Zero seq.comp.V Zero seq.comp.I WPa_exp WPb_exp WPc_exp WP_exp WPa_imp WPb_imp WPc_imp WP_imp WQa_ind WQb_ind WQc_ind WQ_ind WQa_cap WQb_cap WQc_cap WQ_cap WSa WSb WSc WS MV x from Bus device y *) (x = 1 to 15 and y = 1 to 8) (Setting ranges pending from network type) *)
408
Designation can be changed during the parameterization.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 409 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.3 HMI
Display x, graph./num. (x = 1 to 3) Min value Max value
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
0.0 10.0 (unit according to measured value)
The minimum and maximum value is defined by the selected parameters.
409
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 410 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.4 Energy Management
16.4
Energy Management
16.4.1
Load Profile Parameter
16.4.2
Default Setting
Setting Range
Subperiode time
15 minutes
1 min to 6 min in 1-min steps, 10 min, 12 min, 15 min, 20 min, 30 min, 60 min
Number of subperiods
1
1 to 5
Synchronization source
Internal clock
None Protocol Binary input 1 Binary input 2 Internal clock
Kind of used reactive power
Q1
Q1 Qn Qtot
Tariffs (TOU) Parameter Synchronization source
Default Setting Protocol
Setting Range Protocol 1) Binary input 1 2) Binary input 2 2) Calendar
The following parameters are available only when Synchronization source is set to Calendar.
410
Season 1 Start
01-01
01-01 to 12-31
Season 1 End
06-30
01-01 to 12-31
Season 2 Start
07-01
Not settable The rest days of the full year
Season 2 End
12-31
Weekend Setting
Thursday and Friday
Sunday to Saturday, max. 2 days
Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 1 Start
00:00
00:00 to 23:45
Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 1 End
24:00
00:15 to 24:00
Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 2 Start
00:00
00:15 to 23:45
Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 2 End
24:00
00:30 to 24:00
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 411 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.4 Energy Management
Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 1 Active
No 3)
Yes No
Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Period 2 Active
No
Yes No
Season x (x = 1 or 2) Tariff y (y = 1 to 8) Workday/ Weekend Selection
Every Day
Every Day Workday Weekend
Coverage Check
Pass Fail (with gap) Fail (with overlap)
1)
In this case, the protocol Modbus TCP can control tariff 1 to tariff 8. Refer to the System Manual SICAM Q100, chapter 2.2.7.18 Register 0154: Tariffs (read and write), order number E50417-C1040-C522.
16.4.3
2)
This synchronization source can only control tariff 1 or tariff 2.
3)
The default settings of Tariff 1 Period 1 Active for 2 seasons are checked.
Energy Upper Limit Parameter Energy Upper Limit
16.4.4
Default Setting Energy Counter
Setting Range Energy Counter Energy Value
Energy Freeze and Record Parameter Interval
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
Default Setting 10 minutes
Setting Range 10 minutes 15 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes
411
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 412 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.5 Recording and Reporting
16.5
Recording and Reporting
16.5.1
Event Recorders Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Voltage event Swell threshold
110 %
105 % to 140 % in 5-% steps
Dip threshold
90 %
75 % to 95 % in 5-% steps
Interruption threshold
5%
1 %, 2 %, 3 %, 5 %, 8 % 10 %
Event hysteresis
2%
1 % to 6 % in 1-% steps
Event detection mode
ph-N
ph-N ph-ph RVC event
RVC threshold
6%
1 % to 6 % in 1-% steps
RVC hysteresis 1)
3%
0.5 % to 3 % in 0.5 steps
RVC event detection mode 2)
ph-N
ph-N ph-ph Frequency event
Underfrequency threshold
1%
0.1 % to 1.0 % in 0.1-% steps and 1.0 % to 5.0 % in 1.0-%-steps
Overfrequency threshold
1%
0.1 % to 1.0 % in 0.1-% steps and 1.0 % to 5.0 % in 1.0-%-steps Voltage-unbalance event
Voltage-unbalance threshold
412
5%
1 % to 5 % in 1-% steps
1)
According to IEC61000-4-30 Ed.3, RVC hysteresis is recommended to be half of the threshold.
2)
RVC event detection mode will always synchronize with the setting Event detection mode.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 413 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.5 Recording and Reporting
16.5.2
Trigger Management Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Voltage trigger limits Trigger active
no
no yes
Tolerance unit
Percentage
Percentage Numerical
Lower threshold
90.00 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage
0.00 % to 99.99 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage
Upper threshold
110.00 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage
Hysteresis
2.00 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage
0.0 % to 50.0 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage
Detection mode 1)
ph-N
ph-N ph-ph
0.0 V to 1 000 000.0 V 100.0 % to 10 000.0 % of the nominal/declared supply voltage 0.0 V to 1 000 000.0 V
Current trigger limits Trigger active
no
no yes
Tolerance unit
Percentage
Percentage Numerical
Lower threshold
90.00 % of nominal current In
0.00 % to 99.99 % of of nominal current In 0.0 A to 1 000 000.0 A
Upper threshold
110.00 % of nominal current In
100.0 % to 10 000.0 % of of nominal current In 0.0 A to 1 000 000 A
Hysteresis
2.00 % of nominal current In
0.0 % to 50.0 % of of nominal current In
Trigger active
no
no yes
Trigger source
Binary Input 1
Indication 1 from Remote Indication 2 from Remote Binary Input 1 Binary Input 2
Trigger value
OFF
ON OFF
Configuration binary trigger
Waveform capture setting Total recording duration
2.0 s
0.2 s to 3.0 s in 0.2-s steps
Pretrigger ratio
10 %
0 % to 30 % in 5-% steps
Record ph-ph voltage
no
no yes
1)
The detection mode will always synchronize with the setting of Record ph-ph voltage.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
413
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 414 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.5 Recording and Reporting
16.5.3
Recorder Parameters Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Measurement recorder PQ data Parameter Average intervals - Frequency
10 s
fixed
Short-term flicker
10 min
fixed
Long-term flicker
2h
fixed
Average interval - Voltage / Unbalance / Harmonics
10 min
30 s, 1 min, 10 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 h, 2 h
Record additional data (I, P, Q, S etc.)
no
no yes
Recorder of average - Min
no
no yes
Recorder of average - Max
no
no yes
Harmonics parity
Odd
Even Odd All
File generation every:
24 h
At average interval
File generation every:
30 s
1 h (fix)
1 min
2 h (fix)
10 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 h or 2h
2h
(corresponds to the setting of the Average interval parameter) The created PQDIF files can be downloaded via the user interface or with the IEC 61850 protocol.
4h 6h 12 h 24 h
Recorded file type
PQDIF
PQDIF CSV All
Flicker lamp model
230 V
230 V 120 V
10 minutes
Not configurable The same as the value of Interval set in Configure -> Energy management -> Energy freeze and reset.
Energy value Parameter Energy value recorder
Trend recorder
414
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 415 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.5 Recording and Reporting
Tolerance unit
Percentage
Percentage Numerical
Tolerance number
Percentage: 3 % of primary nominal voltage, Numerical: 0.50 V
1 % to 5 % in 1-% steps
10 min
10 min, 30 min, 1 h, 2 h, 4 h, 6 h, 12 h, 24 h
Maximum recording interval
16.5.4
0.2 V to 500.0 V
Mains Signaling Voltage Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Mains signaling voltage measurement MSV active
no
no yes
No. of MSV frequencies
1 frequency
1 frequency 2 frequencies
Frequency 1
216.60 Hz
100 Hz to 3 kHz
Frequency 2
1060.00 Hz
100 Hz to 3 kHz
Mains signaling voltage capture setting
16.5.5
Detection threshold
1 % of Udin
From 1 % to 15 % of Udin
Total recording duration
75 s
15 s to 120 s in 15-s steps
Pretrigger ratio
10 %
0 % to 30 % in 5-% steps
Memory Management Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Memory splitting Event recorder
1.0 %
1 % to 19 %
Measurement recorder
35.0 % (the recording time depends on the aggregation interval)
33 % to 51 %
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
415
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 416 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.5 Recording and Reporting
416
Trend recorder
47.0 % (residual storage capacity)
Min. 31 %
Fault recorder
3.0 % (Numbers of records depends on the fault-record time)
3 % to 21 %
Mains signaling voltage recorder
14% (Numbers of records depends on the record time of the mains signaling voltage)
14 % to 20 %
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 417 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.5 Recording and Reporting
16.5.6
Report Configuration Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
General Information Company: Department: Supervisor: Inspector: Location: Comment:
-
Any text displayed in the printout of the power quality report
Power Quality Report Evaluation mode according to:
EN 50160 LV&MV
EN 50160 LV&MV EN 50160 HV User defined
Flagging acc. to IEC 61000-4-30
no
no yes
Power frequency: 99.5 % of measurement should be in -1.0 % to 1.0 % deviation of the power frequency.
Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode
100 % of measurement should be in -6.0 % to 4.0 % deviation of the power frequency. Power supply voltage magnitude 95 % of measurement should be in -10.0 % to 10.0 % deviation of the nominal/declared supply voltage.
Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode
100 % of measurement should be in -15.0 % to 10.0 % deviation of the nominal/declared supply voltage. Voltage unbalance: 1) 95 % of measurement should be less than 2.0 %.
Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode
100 % of measurement should be less than 3.0 %. Subgroup Total Harmonic Distortion (THDS): 95 % of measurement should be less than 8.0 %.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode
417
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 418 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.5 Recording and Reporting
Supply voltage interruptions:
Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode
1. Short interruption until 1 second duration 2. Short interruption until 3 minute duration 3. Long interruption longer than 3 minute duration Harmonic voltages:
Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode
Even harmonics Odd harmonics: multiples of 3 Odd harmonics: not multiples of 3 Mains signaling voltages 2) Supply voltage should be in -15.0 % to +15.0 % deviation of the nominal/ declared supply voltage
Any setting for user-defined evaluation mode
99.0 % of “YYY” Hz mains signaling voltage should be less than “xxx” % of the nominal/declared supply voltage
16.5.7
1)
According to EN 50160, up to 3 % unbalance can occur in 3-wire networks in areas with many 1-wire and 2-wire connections.
2)
The frequency “YYY” and limit “xxx” are based on the configured frequency.
Recording Control Parameter Start record option
16.5.8
Start next 10th minute
Setting Range Start next minute Start next 10th minute Start immediately Start next hour Start next day
Start time
-
Display of the start time in: Depends on the configuration of Date/time format.
Recording status
-
Not settable Status display of recorder started or recorder stopped
Transient Detection Parameter Transient reference level
418
Default Setting
Default Setting 110 %
Setting Range 110 % to 240 % of Primary nominal voltage
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 419 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
16.6
Administrative The following administrative settings are available:
16.6.1
•
Time synchronization
•
Communication Ethernet
•
OPC UA PubSub (MQTT)
•
Communication serial
•
Modbus slave devices 1 to 8
•
SICAM subdevices
•
Device and language
•
Account Management
•
Syslog
Time Synchronization Parameter
Default Settings
Setting Range
Source time synchronization
Internal
Internal Ethernet NTP Fieldbus
Time zone offset
+00:00
-12 to +13 (hours) (in increments of 0.5 h)
Daylight Saving Time switchover
yes
no yes
DST offset
+01:00
0 to + 2 (hours) (in increments of 0.5 h)
Start of DST
March Last week
January to December First week Second week Third week Fourth week Last week Sunday to Saturday 0:00 to 23:00 (full hour)
Sunday 02:00 AM End of DST
October Last week
Sunday 03:00 AM
January to December First week Second week Third week Fourth week Last week Sunday to Saturday 0:00 to 23:00 (full hour)
Additional Parameters if the Source is Ethernet NTP (Modbus TCP and IEC 61850) Primary NTP server IP Address
192.168.0.254
Any
Secondary NTP server IP Address
192.168.0.253
Any No polling of the NTP server if 0.0.0.0 was entered
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
419
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 420 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
Error indication after
10 min
2 min to 120 min
Additional Parameters if Source is Fieldbus Error indication after
420
10 min
2 min to 120 min
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 421 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
16.6.2
Ethernet Communication Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Communication Ethernet
IP address 1)
192.168.0.55
Any 0.0.0.0 = DHCP
Subnet mask 1)
255.255.255.0
Any
Default gateway 1)
192.168.0.1
Any
Ethernet switch on
no
no yes
Enable SNMP
no
no yes
OPC UA PubSub (MQTT)
no
no yes
Bus protocol
Modbus TCP
-noneModbus TCP IEC 61850 Both
Protocol Modbus TCP
Use a user-port number 2)
no
no yes
User-port number 2) (can only be set when Use a user-port number is parameterized with yes)
10 000
10 000 to 65 535
Access rights for user port (can only be set when Use a user-port number is parameterized with yes)
Full
Full Read only
Access rights for port 502
Full
Full Read only
Keep Alive time
10 s
0 s = switch off 1 s to 65 535 s
Communication supervision time
600 (* 100 ms)
0 s = none 100 ms to 6 553 400 ms
Modbus TCP/RTU Gateway (Condition: The Modbus RTU Master protocol must have been selected under serial communication.) Activated
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
no
no yes
421
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 422 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Unit ID of this device
255
1 to 255
Retry limit 3)
2
0 to 10
Response timeout 3)
10 (* 10 ms)
(1 to 6000) * 10 ms = 10 ms to 60 s
Protocol IEC 61850 IED Name
SICAM_Q100_01
Max. 60 characters Only a to z, A to Z, _, 0 to 9 are permitted. The first character must be a letter.
Voltage - Dead band
5%
1 % to 5 %, in 1-% steps
Current - Dead band
5%
1 % to 5 %, in 1-% steps
Power - Dead band
5%
1 % to 5 %, in 1-% steps
Power factor - Dead band
5%
2 % to 5 %, in 1-% steps
Frequency - Dead band
0.05 %
0.02 % 0.05 %
1)
After the parameter changes have been enabled, the device will reset. After enabling the parameter changes, any currently active Modbus TCP connections will be closed. The Modbus TCP client must later reopen these connections. 3) These values are necessary if no Modbus slave device has been configured for the requested Unit ID. If a Modbus slave device was configured, its values are used. 2)
422
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 423 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
16.6.3
OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Broker and network Broker IP address or host name
mqtt.eu 1-b.mindsphere.io
Any IP address or host name string (maximum 128 characters)
Topic name 1)
c/{ClientID}/o/opcua/ {VersionMS}/u/ {Meas:d|File:d|Meta:m}
Any (maximum 128 characters)
DNS server IP address
0.0.0.0
Any IP address Data transmission
Voltage harmonics 2)
yes
yes no
Harmonic currents 2)
yes
yes no
Harmonics power 2)
yes
yes no
Energy counters 2)
yes
yes no
Energy counters transmit cycle
1 min
1 min to 1440 min
1)
Use the template value shown as default in the Topic name for the connection with Mindsphere. The parts in curly brackets are filled internally at startup. 2)
Refer to the manual OPC UA PubSub (MQTT) Data Points to identify the individual data points.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
423
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 424 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
16.6.4
Communication Serial Parameter Bus protocol
Default Setting Modbus RTU
Setting Range -noneModbus RTU Modbus RTU Master
Bus Protocol Modbus RTU (Slave) Device address
1
1 to 247
Baud rate
19 200 bit/s
1200 bit/s, 2400 bit/s 4800 bit/s, 9600 bit/s 19 200 bit/s, 38 400 bit/s 57 600 bit/s, 115 200 bit/s
Parity
Even
None, 1 stop bit Even Odd None, 2 stop bit
Access rights
Full
Full Read only
Communication supervision time
600 * 100 ms
0 s = none 100 ms to 6 553 400 ms
Bus Protocol Modbus RTU Master
424
Baud rate
19 200 bit/s
1200 bit/s, 2400 bit/s 4800 bit/s, 9600 bit/s 19 200 bit/s, 38 400 bit/s 57 600 bit/s, 115 200 bit/s
Parity
Even
None, 1 stop bit Even Odd None, 2 stop bit
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 425 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
Parameter Additional inter-character timeout
Default Setting 1 ms
Setting Range 0 ms to 100 ms The Modbus specification requires that the individual characters of a serial Modbus RTU telegram have to be transmitted successively with a maximum character gap of 1.5 character times (or max. 750 µs for Baud rates >19 200 bit/s). Longer silent intervals between the characters are interpreted as telegram end. A longer gap between the characters can be tolerated with this parameter. Note that this also causes longer cycle times then. If at least one SICAM P50 device is connected to the bus, at least the following values have to be set for Additional inter-character timeout: 1200 bit/s, 2400 bit/s: 0 4800 bit/s, 9600 bit/s: 2 19 200 bit/s: 3 38 400 bit/s: 4 57 600 bit/s, 115 200 bit/s: 6
Maximum 0x/1x register gap
40
0 to 200
Maximum 3x/4x register gap
10
Maximum number of not-mapped registers which are being requested between mapped registers in one request telegram.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
425
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 426 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
16.6.5
Modbus Slave Devices 1 – 8
16.6.5.1 Basic Settings Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Name
Modbus slave device 1
Max. 31 characters
Activated
no
no yes (= Activation of the option field): The buttons for parameterization of the mapping data are also activated for the slave device here.
Device address / Unit ID
1
(Modbus slave device address)
1 to 247 Address corresponds to the Unit ID in the Modbus TCP telegram with simultaneous use of the Modbus Gateway function.
Response timeout
10 (*10 ms)
1 to 6000 * 10 ms (10 ms to 60 s)
Retry limit
2
0 to 10 (0 = no request retries) Number of request retries after expiration of Response timeout before a communication error for the Modbus slave is identified.
Scan cycle for measured values
50 (*10 ms)
0 to 36 0000 * 10 ms (10 ms to 1 h) 0 = each request cycle Minimum time difference between the measured-value requests.
Scan cycle for indications
0 (*10 ms)
0 to 36 0000 * 10 ms (10 ms to 1 h) 0 = each request cycle Minimum time difference between the measured-value requests.
Scan cycle on error
5s
1 to 3600 s ( 1 s to 1 h) Retry cycle for sending request telegrams if the retry limits are exceeded or in the case of error responses.
426
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 427 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
16.6.5.2 Mapping – Measured Values 1 – 15
Parameter Name
Default Setting MV x Slv 1 (x = 1 to 15)
Setting Range Max. 31 characters Max. 10 characters if the name is also to be displayed on the device display.
Unit
Multiplier: -
m (milli) c (centi) d (deci) h (hecto) k (kilo) M (Mega) G (Giga)
Unit: -none-
-nonem kg s A °C V Hz W Pa m2 m3 VA var ° Wh VAh varh % °F
-none-
-noneInput registers Holding registers
Note on frequency measured values: If a frequency measured value (unit: Hz) has been parameterized without a multiplier (multiplier: -), an additional check is made whether the resulting value is in the range of 15 Hz to 65 Hz. Measured values outside this range are marked as invalid.
Note on factors: Selecting a multipier for the following units is not recommended and will be rejected: -none° °C °F %
Register type
For -none-, the assignment is ignored and the corresponding measured value cannot be selected for other functions. Data format on bus
Float32 (2 registers)
Float32 (2 registers) Int16 (1 register) Int16_Ung8000h (1 register) UInt16 (1 register) UInt32 (2 registers)
Register number
1
1 to 65 535
Scaling factor
1.000
Any float value 0.00: resulting measured value = 0.00
(See following table.)
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
427
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 428 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
Data Format on Bus
428
Description
Setting Range
Invalid recognition
Used by (example)
Float32 (2 registers)
IEEE Float value
-1038 to +1038
NaN = invalid INF = overflow
SENTRON PAC3x00, SICAM AI 7XV5674, SICAM T 7KG966, SICAM P50 7KG775
Int16 (1 register)
16-bit signed integer
- 32 768 to +32 768
none
SENTRON 3WL/3VL SICAM P50 7KG775
Int16_Ung8000 (1 register)
16-bit signed integer
-32768 bis +32768
-32768 (8000h) = ungültig
SIPROTEC 4
UInt16 (1 register)
16-bit integer, 0
0 to +65 535
none
SENTRON 3WL/3VL
UInt32 (2 registers)
32-bit integer, 0
0 to +4 294 967 295
none
SIPROTEC 4, SENTRON 3WL/3VL
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 429 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
16.6.5.3 Mapping – Indications
Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Range
Name
Indication x Slv 1 (x = 1 to 15)
Max. 31 characters
Register type
-none-
-noneCoil status registers Input status registers Input registers Holding registers For -none-, the assignment is ignored and the corresponding indication cannot be selected for other functions.
Data format on bus
1 Bit
1 Bit 1 Bit in UInt32
(See following table.) Data format which is used to transmit the indication via Modbus Register number
1
1 to 65 535
Bit offset (only relevant for register types Input register or Holding register)
0
0 to 15 (for Data format 1 Bit) 0 to 31 (for Data format 1 Bit in UInt32) depending on selection for Data format on bus)
Data Format on Bus
Description
Setting Range
Invalid recognition
1 Bit
1 bit (for all register types; additionall select Bit offset for Input register and Holding register)
0 = of 1 = on
none
1 Bit in UInt32
1 bit in 2 successive Input registers or Holding registers which have to be read together.
0 = of 1 = on
none
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
429
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 430 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
16.6.6
SICAM Subdevices Parameter/Indications Subdevice 1 Subdevice 2
Default Setting -none-
Setting Range -noneSICAM IO
No further indications are displayed.
Subdevice 1
430
Server IP address
192.168.0.56
Any
Server port
51 000
10 000 to 65 535
Response timeout
3 (* 10 ms)
10 ms to 60 000 ms 0 ms = invalid
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 431 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
Parameter/Indications
Default Setting
Parameter: Source of output 1-N
Indication 3 from Remote
Indication: Input 1-N
Binary inp. 1-N SICAM IO 1
Parameter: Source of output 2-N
Indication 4 from Remote
Indication: Input 2-N
Binary inp. 2-N SICAM IO 1
Parameter: Source of output 3-N
Indication 5 from Remote
Indication: Input 3-N
Binary inp. 3-N SICAM IO 1
Parameter: Source of output 1-P
Indication 6 from Remote
Indication: Input 1-P
Binary inp. 1-P SICAM IO 1
Parameter: Source of output 2-P
Indication 7 from Remote
Indication: Input 2-P
Binary inp. 2-P SICAM IO 1
Parameter: Source of output 3-P
Indication 8 from Remote
Indication: Input 3-P
Binary inp. 3-P SICAM IO 1
Setting Range Parameter: Source of output (depending on parameterization): -noneDevice OK Battery Failure Settings Load Settings Check Settings Activate Modbus TCP OK Ethernet Link Error Time Synchronization Error Primary NTP Server Error Secondary NTP Server Error Daylight Saving Time Ethernet Link 2 Error Default IP Address Limit Violation x (x = 1 to 16) *) Indication 1 from Remote Indication 2 from Remote Rotation Voltage Clockwise Group Indication x (x = 1 to 4) *) IEC 61850 Communication OK SD Card Error Voltage Event Available Frequency Event Available Voltage-Unbalance Event Available Indication x from Remote (x = 3 to 14) SICAM Subdevice 1 OK SICAM Subdevice 2 OK Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Load profile period closed Load profile synchr. period Load profile tariff x (x = 1 to 8) Binary input 1 *) Binary input 2 *) Modbus RTU Master OK New MSV record made Indication x Slv y (x = 1 to 6; y = 1 to 8) *) MQTT communication OK Indications which are read by Modbus slave devices are available in the list box if they were parameterized in Modbus Master Mapping. *)
Designation can be changed during the parameterization.
Indication Input: Indication: any, max. 31 characters
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
431
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 432 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
Parameter/Indications
Default Setting
Setting Range
Subdevice 2
432
Server IP address
192.168.0.57
Any
Server port
51 000
10 000 to 65 535
Response timeout
3 (* 10 ms)
10 ms to 60 000 ms 0 ms = invalid
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 433 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
Parameter/Indications
Default Setting
Parameter: Source of output 1-N
Indication 9 from Remote
Indication: Input 1-N
Binary inp. 1-N SICAM IO 1
Parameter: Source of output 2-N
Indication 10 from Remote
Indication: Input 2-N
Binary inp. 2-N SICAM IO 1
Parameter: Source of output 3-N
Indication 11 from Remote
Indication: Input 3-N
Binary inp. 3-N SICAM IO 1
Parameter: Source of output 1-P
Indication 12 from Remote
Indication: Input 1-P
Binary inp. 1-P SICAM IO 1
Parameter: Source of output 2-P
Indication 13 from Remote
Indication: Input 2-P
Binary inp. 2-P SICAM IO 1
Parameter: Source of output 3-P
Indication 14 from Remote
Indication: Input 3-P
Binary inp. 3-P SICAM IO 1
Setting Range Parameter: Source of output (depending on parameterization): -noneDevice OK Battery Failure Settings Load Settings Check Settings Activate Modbus TCP OK Ethernet Link Error Time Synchronization Error Primary NTP Server Error Secondary NTP Server Error Daylight Saving Time Ethernet Link 2 Error Default IP Address Limit Violation x (x = 1 to 16) *) Indication 1 from Remote Indication 2 from Remote Rotation Voltage Clockwise Group Indication x (x = 1 to 4) *) IEC 61850 Communication OK SD Card Error Voltage Event Available Frequency Event Available Voltage-Unbalance Event Available Indication x from Remote (x = 3 to 14) SICAM Subdevice 1 OK SICAM Subdevice 2 OK Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 1 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-N SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Binary Input x-P SICAM IO 2 (x = 1 to 3) *) Load profile period closed Load profile synchr. period Load profile tariff x (x = 1 to 8) Binary input 1 *) Binary input 2 *) Modbus RTU Master OK New MSV record made Indication x Slv y (x = 1 to 6; y = 1 to 8) *) MQTT communication OK Indications which are read by Modbus slave devices are available in the list box if they were parameterized in Modbus Master Mapping. *)
Designation can be changed during the parameterization.
Indication Input: Indication: any, max. 31 characters
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
433
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 434 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
16.6.7
Device and Language Parameter
434
Default Settings
Setting Range
Device name
SICAM_xxx
Max. 31 characters Only a to z, A to Z, -, _, spacing, ., 0-9, Ü, ü, Ä, ä, Ö, ö, ß are permitted.
Language
ENGLISH (US)
ENGLISH (US) User language acc. to preselection of user language: DEUTSCH (DE) or CHINESE (CN)
Date/time format
YYYY-MM-DD, Time with 24 hours
YYYY-MM-DD, Time with 24 hours YYYY-MM-DD, Time with 12 h AM/PM DD-MM-YYYY, Time with 24 hours DD-MM-YYYY, Time with 12 h AM/PM MM/DD/YYYY, Time with 24 hours MM/DD/YYYY, Time with 12 h AM/PM
User language preselection
DEUTSCH (DE)
DEUTSCH (DE) CHINESE (CN)
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 435 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
16.6.8
Account Management Table 16-1
Settings for Creating an Initial Account Settings
Default Settings
Description
Account Type
Administrator
User Account Manager Administrator
User name
Empty
Up to 64 characters
New password
Empty
8 to 24 characters Contains at least:
Repeat new password
•
1 capital latin letter (A to Z)
•
1 small latin letter (a to z)
•
1 digital number (0 to 9)
•
1 special character from the set: !, “, #, $, %, &, ‘, (, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, :, ;, , ?, @, [, \, ], ^, _, ‘, {, }, ~.
Tabelle 16-2 Settings for Creating User Accounts Settings
Default Settings
Description
User name
Empty
Up to 64 characters
New password Repeat new password
8 to 24 characters Contains at least: •
1 capital latin letter (A to Z)
•
1 small latin letter (a to z)
•
1 digital number (0 to 9)
•
1 special character from the set: !, “, #, $, %, &, ‘, (, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, :, ;, , ?, @, [, \, ], ^, _, ‘, {, }, ~.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
435
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 436 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
Table 16-3
Overview of the Access Rights Assigned to Each Role
Viewer
Operator
Backup Operator
Engineer
Installer
Security Administrator
Security Auditor
User Account Manager
Administrator
General information viewing
x 1)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Operation data viewing
-
x
x
x
x
x
-
-
-
x
Configuration settings viewing
-
x
x
x
x
x
-
-
-
x
Force values
-
-
x
-
-
-
-
-
-
x
Configuration downloading
-
-
-
x
x
x
-
-
-
x
Configuration change and uploading
-
-
-
-
x
x
-
-
-
x
Firmware change
-
-
-
-
-
x
-
-
-
x
RBAC management
-
-
-
-
-
-
x
-
x
x
Security management
-
-
-
-
-
-
x
-
-
x
Audit trail
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
x
-
x
1)
436
Role
Guest
Description of the Access Rights
x represents that the user with this role is assigned with related rights.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 437 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
Table 16-4
Settings for Editing a User Account Settings
User name
Default Settings Empty
New password
Description Up to 64 characters 8 to 24 characters Contains at least:
Repeat new password
•
1 capital latin letter (A to Z)
•
1 small latin letter (a to z)
•
1 digital number (0 to 9)
•
1 special character from the set: !, “, #, $, %, &, ‘, (, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, :, ;, , ?, @, [, \, ], ^, _, ‘, {, }, ~.
Roles
Table 16-5
Click one or several option buttons to select a role or several roles for a user account according to Tabel 6-5.
Settings for the HMI Password Settings
Default Settings
Description
Use HMI password
yes
no yes
New password
000000
6 digital numbers (0 to 9)
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
437
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 438 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
16.6.9
Security Settings Table 16-6
Settings for the Security Parameter
438
Default Setting
Setting Ranges
Maximum consecutive attempts
5
5 times to 12 times
Consecutive password attempt time period
5
1 min to 10 min
Logon block timeout
30
30 min to 360 min
Session timeout
10
1 min to 1440 min (1 day) If the device restarts, you must log on again.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 439 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
16.6.10 Password Management Table 16-7
Settings for the Password Management
Parameter
Default Setting
Setting Ranges
User name
Fixed, not configurable
The user name and roles depend on the settings Roles made by the account management.
Roles
Empty
8 to 24 characters Contains at least: • 1 capital letter (A to Z)
Current password New password Repeat new password
•
1 small letter (a to z)
•
1 digital number (0 to 9)
•
1 special character from the set: !, “, #, $, %, &, ‘, (, ), *, +, ,, -, ., /, :, ;, , ?, @, [, \, ], ^, _, ‘, {, }, ~.
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
439
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 440 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
16 Operating Parameters 16.6 Administrative
16.6.11 Syslog Parameter Syslog active
Default Setting No
Setting Range No Yes
If you set the Syslog active parameter to yes, the following parameters are visible:
440
Primary Syslog server
0.0.0.0
Any
Port
514
0 to 65 535
Secondary Syslog server
0.0.0.0
Any
Port
514
0 to 65 535
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 441 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
Glossary A AC
Alternating Current
ADC
Analog-digital Converter
ARP
Address Resolution Protocol: Network protocol
ASDU
Application Service Data Unit
Big-Endian format
The most significant byte is stored first, that is at the memory location with the lowest address.
Boot Application
Starting a device with the firmware required for the microcontroller
Broadcast message
Message in the network where data packets are transmitted to all devices on the network from one point
CDC
Common Data Class (IEC 61850)
Client
Device in the communication network that sends data requests or commands to the server devices and receives responses from them
CRC error
Cyclic Redundancy Check: The cyclic redundancy check is a method of determining a test value for data (e.g. for data transmission in computer networks) with the purpose to detect errors during the transmission or duplication of data.
DC
Direct Current
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol enables the network configuration to be assigned to the devices by a DHCP server
DSP
Digital Signal Processor
DST
Daylight Saving Time
Ethernet
Cable-based data network technology for local data networks
FW
Firmware: Program code for execution in a microcontroller
Gateway
Enables networks based on different protocols to communicate with each other
B
C
D
E
F
G
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
441
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 442 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
H Holding register
Area for representing data in Modbus communication
ICD file
IED Capability Description: Contains the standardized description of the device configuration
IEC
International Electrotechnical Commission, standards organization; Communication standard for substations and protection equipment
IEC 61850
Type of protocol to the data transmission via Ethernet
IED
Intelligent Electronic Device
Indication off
The status of the indication changes from ON to OFF, that is the indication is deleted.
Indication on
The status of the indication changes from OFF to ON, that is the indication is currently present.
+Inf
Stands for Infinity and denotes a counter overflow. Extremely large number or infinitely positive number
IP
Internet Protocol
IP address
Addresses in computer networks based on the Internet protocol
JavaScript
Script language mainly used by Web browsers
KeepAlive
KeepAlive on TCP level is a feature intended to verify the availability and functioning of the communication partner (client) and to maintain a TCP network link if the network is inactive.
I
J
K
The server sends KeepAlive messages (TCP packets without data) to the client in regular intervals (KeepAlive time) while the network is inactive, and the client responds to these messages. If the client does not respond to a KeepAlive message, the server assumes that the link is down or the client is inactive and closes the TCP link. L LED
Light-Emitting Diode
Limit violation
A value exceeding or falling under a parameterized limiting value.
LSB
Least Significant Bit
MAC-Address
Media Access Control address: Hardware address that clearly identifies the device on the network.
MBAP
Modbus Application Protocol
M
442
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 443 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
MBAP Header
Header of a Modbus TCP message consisting of these 4 parts: Transaction identifier (2 bytes), protocol identifier (2 bytes), length (2 bytes), unit identifier (1 byte).
MIB
Management Information Base: Information which can be retrieved or modified via the SNMP network management protocol
Modbus
The Modbus protocol is a communication protocol based on a client-server architecture.
Modbus RTU
Modbus Remote Terminal Unit: Modbus protocol type for transmitting data over serial networks (e.g. RS485)
Modbus TCP
Modbus Transmission Control Protocol: Modbus protocol type for transmitting data as TCP/IP packets; TCP port 502 is reserved for Modbus TCP.
MSB
Most Significant Bit
MSV
Mains Signaling Voltage
NaN
Not a Number means "invalid": Result of an invalid computing operation
NTP
Network Time Protocol: Standard for synchronizing clocks in computer systems using packet-based communication networks
PQ
Power Quality
Response timeout
Time within which the Modbus slave has to respond to a request from Modbus Master
RJ45
Ethernet plug connector
RS485
Interface standard for digital, wire-based, differential, serial data transmission
RTC
Real-Time Clock
RTU
See Modbus Remote Terminal Unit
RVC
Rapid Voltage Change
Server
Sends data upon request by the client
SNMP
Simple Network Management Protocol: Serves for monitoring and controlling network elements of a central station
SNTP
Simple Network Time Protocol: Simplified version of the NTP
SW
Software: Program executed on a computer
Software filter time
The software filter time has the effect that temporary switchover (L ®H, H ®L) at the binary inputs is not detected as real switchover (debouncing).
STP
Shielded twisted-pair is the cable for 100Base-T (Ethernet).
Stratum
Each NTP server is synchronized by a high-precision time standard or by another NTP server. The stratum is the position of the NTP server in the hi-
N
P
R
S
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
443
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 444 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
erarchy of NTP servers polled by the device. The best stratum is 1, each further level in the NTP server hierarchy increases the stratum by 1. Subnet mask
Bit mask in the network protocol that defines how many IP addresses the computer network encompasses. Together with the IP address of a device, the subnet mask defines which IP addresses the device searches in its own network and which IP addresses it tries to reach via routers in other networks.
TCP/IP
Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol: Family of network protocols
UTC
Universal Time Coordinated: Universal time standard referred to the time at the prime meridian
T
U
444
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 445 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
Appendix Config File for Multiple File Download via Firefox
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
445
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 446 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
446
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 447 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
Index A AC Calibration 326 Access Rights 120 Accessories 22 Accuracy of the Frequency Measurement 81 Administrative Parameters 213 Application 17 Assembly 114, 115 Audit Log 315 Automation Functions 175
External Time Synchronization via Fieldbus 364
F Firmware Upload 304 Flicker 30, 32 Formatting the SD Card 308
G C Commissioning 122 Communication 18 Communication Ethernet 215 Communication Interfaces 128 Communication Serial via RS485 Interface 222 Config file for Multiply File Download via FireFox 445 Configuration of the Device 153 Connection Examples 129 Connection Principle 125 Connection Types 40, 129
D Data Availability of Measurements 57 Default IP Address 124 Device and Language 260 Device Design 25 Device Information 148 Device Versions 20 Diagnosis 319 Diagnosis IEC 61850 321, 322 Diagnosis Modbus RTU Master 320 Diagnosis Modbus TCP 319 Display 27 Display Content 341 Display of Measurements 78
E Electrical Connection 117 Enabling JavaScript 140 Energy Management 18, 83, 93, 184 Error Log 152 Error Logs 314 Ethernet Interface 128 Evaluation and Data Management 278 External Time Synchronization per NTP 363 SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019
Getting Started 111
H Historical Load-Profile Data 87 HMI 180
I Indications Signaled by LEDs 369 Inspection 368 Installing the Battery 112 Internal Time Keeping 362 Internal Time Synchronization via RTC 364
L LED Indications 367 LEDs 121 Load Profile 184 Load-Profile 84, 94
M Mains Signalling Voltage 32 Maintenance 303 Meaning of the LEDs 121 Measurements 17, 40 Mechanical Design 26 Menu Tree of the Main Menu 343 Modbus RTU Master and Modbus Gateway 335 Modbus Slave Devices 1-8 239
447
MAN_SICAM_Q100_US.book Page 448 Wednesday, June 5, 2019 9:31 AM
O
V
Operating Parameters 397 Operation at Use of a PC 137 Operation at Use of the Display 337 Operational Indications 393 Operational Log 151, 313 Operational Measurements 40 Ordering Information 22
Value View and Evaluation 266
P Parameterization 18 Power Quality Measuring System 30 Power Quality Recorder Types 34, 37 Presets 309 Process Connections 163
R Recorders 18 Recording and Evaluation of Measurements 71 Recording and Reporting 190 Recording System 30 Replacing a Used Battery 113 RS485 Interface 128
S Safety Notes 117 SICAM Subdevices 252 Softkeys 27 Starting the User Interface 146 Synchronization of the Load Profile 89 System Requirements 119
T Tariffs 91 Tariffs (TOU) 186 Technical Data 379 Terminals 126 Time Synchronization 18, 213, 361 Transients 31
U User Information 17 User Interface 139, 144
448
SICAM Q100, 7KG95xx, Device Manual E50417-H1040-C522-A6, Edition 06.2019